Uflex - Marineclub

153
GUEST ® Spotlights page 86-87 AFI ® Marine Horns and Wiper Systems page 88-92 MARINCO ® Shore Power Systems page 121-126 NEW10 153 DISPLAYS – MARKETING ITEMS FOREX: 65369 U - Dimensions: cm 70 x 100 (2.29’ x 3.28’) 65370 C - Dimensions: cm 119 x 168 (3.9’ x 5.5’) Please contact our Marketing Department to ask for the CD with all FOREX available. UFLEX FLAG - 65226 V: Dimensions: 150 x 225 cm (4.92’ x 7.38’) UFLEX flags are made of high resistance nylon, with anti-tears double hem, strengthening side sheathing and fixing line. The logo is printed on both sides and they are resistant to sunwear and washing. 65266 V UFLEX SHIRT: Size S - 65355 G Size M - 65356 J Size L - 65357 L Size XL - 65358 N UFLEX CAP - 65613 C Heavy cotton with adjustable back strip STAND FOR ULTRAFLEX AND UFLEX PRODUCTS 73202 A - Customizable stand 41793 Y - White glass reinforced plastic stand, customizable with Uflex products such as marine instruments, compasses, pumps, etc. 41794 A - White glass reinforced plastic stand, customizable with Ultraflex products such as steering wheels, control boxes, instruments, etc. g g g g g g g g ULTRAFLEX ® - UFLEX ® DISPLAYS – MARKETING ITEMS 40899 K UFLEX and ULTRAFLEX ADHESIVE LABELS: Polished chromium polyester adesive labels. They can be used on blank stand also. Dimensions: 438 x 140 mm (17.24” x 5.51”) UFLEX - 72257 X ULTRAFLEX - 72308 M UFLEX and ULTRAFLEX ADHESIVE LABELS: Printed on transparent vinyl UFLEX - 65360 Z Dimensions: 450 x 130 mm (17.71” x 5.12”) ULTRAFLEX - 65359 R Dimensions: 300 x 130 (11.81” x 5.12”)

Transcript of Uflex - Marineclub

Page 1: Uflex - Marineclub

GUEST® Spotlights page 86-87

AFI® Marine Horns and Wiper Systems page 88-92

MARINCO® Shore Power Systems page 121-126

NEW

10

153

DIS

PLAY

S –

MA

RKET

ING

ITEM

S

FOREX:

65369 U - Dimensions: cm 70 x 100 (2.29’ x 3.28’)

65370 C - Dimensions: cm 119 x 168 (3.9’ x 5.5’)

Please contact our Marketing Department toask for the CD with all FOREX available.

UFLEX FLAG - 65226 V:Dimensions: 150 x 225 cm (4.92’ x 7.38’)

UFLEX flags are made of high resistancenylon, with anti-tears double hem,strengthening side sheathing and fixing line.The logo is printed on both sides and they areresistant to sunwear and washing.

65266 V

UFLEX SHIRT:Size S - 65355 GSize M - 65356 JSize L - 65357 LSize XL - 65358 N

UFLEX CAP - 65613 CHeavy cotton with adjustableback strip

STAND FOR ULTRAFLEX AND UFLEX PRODUCTS

73202 A - Customizable stand

41793 Y - White glass reinforced plastic stand, customizable with Uflexproducts such as marine instruments, compasses, pumps, etc.

41794 A - White glassreinforced plastic stand,customizable with Ultraflexproducts such as steeringwheels, control boxes,instruments, etc. g ’

g’

g ’

g’ g

g’

g ’

g’

ULTRAFLEX® - UFLEX® DISPLAYS – MARKETING ITEMS

40899 K

UFLEX and ULTRAFLEX ADHESIVE LABELS:Polished chromium polyester adesive labels. They can be used on blank stand also.Dimensions: 438 x 140 mm (17.24” x 5.51”)

UFLEX - 72257 XULTRAFLEX - 72308 M

UFLEX and ULTRAFLEX ADHESIVE LABELS:Printed on transparent vinyl

UFLEX - 65360 ZDimensions: 450 x 130 mm (17.71” x 5.12”)

ULTRAFLEX - 65359 RDimensions: 300 x 130 (11.81” x 5.12”)

Page 2: Uflex - Marineclub

VICTRON® Digital Multi Control page 137

BEP® Wireless remote controlfor battery switches page 109

VICTRON® Inverter/battery chargersQuattro/3000 page 132

FARIA® Calypso Series Instruments page 42-43

WEMA® - GPS Speedo page 47

NEW

10

1

Page 3: Uflex - Marineclub

ULTRAFLEX GROUP

Systems and accessories foralternative energy applications

Window and skylight remote controls.Innovative LED sign technology.

Mechanical remote controls in theindustrial field

Manufacturing the world's finest marine products.

Worldwide distribution of marineaccessories

Steering and control systems forpleasure boats.

UFLEX

ULTRAFLEX

UFLEX - Energy Division

ULTRAFLEX CONTROL SYSTEMS

INDUSTRIA di LEIVI

UFLEX USA

®

1935 - 2009Ultraflex Group has 74 years of experience in manufacturing

and distributing the highest quality and most innovative products.

The Ultraflex Group affiliate Companies that design and produce widely

known equipments in the marine, industrial, architectural,

Led technology and alternative energy fields.

Magnetic compasses

MARESI

ULTRAFLEX GROUP

2

Page 4: Uflex - Marineclub

3

Factory in Casella

Factory in Borgo Fornari

Quality management systemThe Ultraflex Quality System is certified CISQ-EQ Net by the

Italian Shipping

Registry (RINA), in conformity with the UNI EN ISO 9001 rule,

certification N420/96

The quality system involves all the company resources and

processes starting

from the design, in order to:

• assure product quality to the customer.

• set up the actions to maintain and improve the quality

standards constantly.

• pursue a continuous process improvement to meet the market

needs.

• maintain and verify conformity with ABYC requirements.2

Page 5: Uflex - Marineclub

4

IND

EX The descriptions and guidelines shown in this catalogshould be used as general reference only. For any furtherinformation please contact our Technical Service.

UCS®

HATCH LIFTERS

page 5 to 8

UFLEX®

GAS SPRINGSpage 9 to 14

INSTATRIM®

TRIM TABSpage 15 to 18

UFLEX®

MAGNETIC COMPASSES

page 19 to 34

UFLEX® - WEMA®

MARINEINSTRUMENTSpage 35 to 48

SHURFLO®

PUMPS, BILGE PUMPS, BLOWERS, SPRAYERSpage 49 to 59

RULE®

BILGE PUMPSpage 60 to 61

FLOWPUMP®

AUTOMATIC MARINEPUMPS

page 62

REVERSO®

OIL CHANGESYSTEMSpage 63 to 68

UFLEX®

ELECTRIC PUMPSAND BLOWERSpage 69 to 84

BEP MARINE®

ELECTRIC PANELSAND INSTRUMENTSpage 93 to 119

AFI® - GUEST®

SPOTLIGHTS, HORNS,WIPERSpage 85 to 92

PROSPEC®

MARINE STEREOSpage 120

VICTRON ENERGY®

BATTERY CHARGERS,INVERTERS, BATTERIESpage 127 to 138

MARINCO®

SHORE POWERSYSTEMSpage 121 to 126

MERMAID®

MARINE AIRCONDITIONING SYSTEMSpage 139 to 142

UFLEX®

ENERGY EQUIPMENTpage 143 to 152

ULTRAFLEX® - UFLEX®

DISPLAYS,MARKETING ITEMSpage 153

Page 6: Uflex - Marineclub

ULTRAFLEX CONTROL SYSTEMS S.r.l.

®

5

HAT

CH L

IFTE

RS

With

the

kin

d co

oper

atio

n of

Gob

bi S

.p.A

. and

Ses

sa M

arin

e S.

p.A

.

3

Page 7: Uflex - Marineclub

A

Ø

42(1.65”)

27.5(1.06”)

27.5(1.06”)

Ø 6.5

Ø 4

8 1.

9”

6

HAT

CH L

IFTE

RS

The AV hatch lifters are electromechanical products, especially designed for marine use on pleasure boats. They allow fullor partial opening and closing of heavy engine hatches, peak tanks, hatch beams etc. By activating a switch, it is possible to lift the hatch to any desired position from closed to full open; an internal self-locking mechanism will maintain the position preventing any accidental hatch closing. In case of a power failure anemergency device allows for manual opening.

AV SERIES ELECTRICAL HATCH LIFTERS

AV 3012 40671 C

40582 D

40584 H 12V DC

12V DC

12V DC

AV 4512

AV 6012

AV 3024 40672 E

40583 F

40585 K 24V DC

24V DC

24V DC

AV 4524

AV 6024

MODEL PART No. VOLTS STROKE LENGTH A(FULL CLOSED ACTUATOR)

EXTERNAL DIA.

TECHNICAL FEATURES■ According to the load required, the AV

hatch lifter can be mounted individually, orin twin cylinder installation for heavierloads. It is also possible to install more thentwo AV actuators in multiple applications.

■ Maximum load for single installations:1200N (120 kg - 265 lbs)

■ Maximum load for dual installations: 2400N(240 kg - 529 lbs)

■ Maximum load is recommended not to beexceeded.

■ Supplied with all mounting hardware.■ Stainless steel telescopic ram for manual

operation in case of emergency.■ Available on request without manual

emergency opening device for highperformance boats.

■ Circuit breaker to stop accidentaloverloading of the system and electronicstop at closed or full open position.

■ IP 65 protection rated■ Speed: 25mm/sec no load applied,

17 mm/sec maximum load ■ Current absorption in single installations:

10A at 12V, 5A at 24V■ Current absorption in dual installations:

20A at 12V, 10A at 24V■ AV 12VDC models are Ignition Protected.

UL1500 - ISO8846 approved.

BRACKET

OPTIONAL COMPONENTS:

RB12 - 40738 Y Relay box 12VRB24 - 40742 C Relay box 24VIt contains the relays needed for cyclerevertion.

SW20 - 61101 T 1 x 3 way single pole momentary switch(10-20 Amp)

BR/AV - 80382 ISpare fixing bracket

The rear bracket allowsa 125° oscillation rangeof the actuator

RB12SW20

48 mm (1.9”)600 mm (24”) 977 mm (38.4”)

450 mm (18”) 827 mm (32.5”) 48 mm (1.9”)

300 mm (12”) 677 mm (26.6”) 48 mm (1.9”)

600 mm (24”) 977 mm (38.4”) 48 mm (1.9”)

827 mm (32.5”)450 mm (18”) 48 mm (1.9”)

300 mm (12”) 677 mm (26.6”) 48 mm (1.9”)

Page 8: Uflex - Marineclub

210.8”

421.6”

572.2”

14,50.6”

14,50.6”

150.6”

6,50.2”

6,50.2”

20 0.7”

7,

50.

3”

30 1.2”

7,5 0.3”

210.8”

Ø 3

4 1.

3”

A

7

HAT

CH L

IFTE

RSMODEL PART No. VOLTS STROKE LENGTH A

(FULL CLOSED ACTUATOR)EXTERNAL DIA.

RB12SW20

OPTIONAL COMPONENTS:

RB12 - 40738 Y Relay box 12VRB24 - 40742 C Relay box 24VIt contains the relays needed for cyclerevertion.

SW20 - 61101 T1 x 3 way single pole momentary switch(10-20 Amp)

BR/UL - 35697 P Spare fixing bracket

ULYSSES 1812 40924 Q

40925 R 12V DC

12V DC

ULYSSES 3012

ULYSSES 1824 40926 S

40927 T 24V DC

24V DC

ULYSSES 3024

TECHNICAL FEATURES■ Single installation only■ Pull and push maximum load: 650N (65 kg

- 144 lbs)■ Pull and push maximum load is

recommended not to be exceeded.■ Supplied with all mounting hardware.■ Aluminium ram.■ Circuit breaker to stop accidental

overloading of the system and electronicstop at closed or full open position.

■ IP 65 protection rated■ Speed:

12V model:- 5 mm/sec no load applied- 4 mm/sec maximum load 24V model:- 8 mm/sec no load applied- 6 mm/sec maximum load

■ Current absorption: 2A at 12V, 1A at 24V

Highest installation flexibility: 180°oscillation range

ULYSSES SERIESELECTRICALLINEAR ACTUATORS

300 mm (12”) 635 mm (25.0”) 34 mm (1.3”)

180 mm (7”) 515 mm (20.3”) 34 mm (1.3”)

635 mm (25.0”)300 mm (12”) 34 mm (1.3”)

180 mm (7”) 515 mm (20.3”) 34 mm (1.3”)

4

Page 9: Uflex - Marineclub

8

HAT

CH L

IFTE

RS

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

COMPONENTS DESCRIPTIONAV Series Hatch Lifters• nº 1 AV actuator for single installation (Fig.1)• nº 2 AV actuators for dual installation (Fig.2) • External diameter: 1.9” (48 mm)• Length at closed position:

14.8” (377 mm)+ stroke • Maximum oscillation range: 125°

ULYSSES Series actuators• nº 1 Ulysses actuator (Fig.1)

no dual installation • External diameter: 1.3” (34 mm) • Length at closed position:

12.1” (308 mm)+ stroke • Maximum oscillation range: 180°

Power supply cable:• AV and ULYSSES actuators are supplied with

5 ft (1,5 m) of electrical cable• Warning: in case of longer cable length

required, do not substitute the existingharness, but make a junction following theinstructions supplied with the product.

Two way push-button with central off position(optional)

Fuse (not supplied)

Battery (not supplied)

INSTALLATION• The following equation will help you to

calculate the maximum strength (Fmax)required from the hatch lifter to open yourhatch, knowing the dimensions and weightof the hatch and the position of themounting brackets.

Fmax = P x d x L2 b a

P = weight of the hatch in Newtonc, a, b = dimensions in metres indicated inFig. 3 and Fig. 4L = hatch lifter length when in closed position

Maximum load (Fmax):• AV Series actuators:

1200 N (120 kg - 265 lbs) single installation,pushing only2400 N (240 kg - 530 lbs) dual installationpushing onlyNote: when the load exceeds 2400 N (240 kg- 530 lbs), it is possible to install more then two AV actuators

• ULYSSES actuators:650 N (65 kg - 144 lbs) single installationonly, both pull and push

AV ANDULYSSESSERIESELECTRICALHATCHLIFTERS

AV Actuator

Relay Box(optional)

Battery(not supplied)

Switch(optional)

AV Actuator

Relay Box(optional)

Battery(not supplied)

Switch(optional)

Page 10: Uflex - Marineclub

9

GA

S SP

RIN

GS

5

Page 11: Uflex - Marineclub

C

B

A

C

B

A

10

GA

S SP

RIN

GS

Gas springs are pneumatic force accumulators mainly used to lift, hold open and smoothly lowerhatches, covers, lids and doors. A gas spring, not equipped with a lock device, functions asfollows: the pressure of the compressed nitrogen gas contained in a tube provides the extensionforce of the spring as the result of the difference between the internal tube pressure and theatmospheric pressure. The gas flows from the highest to the lowest pressure compartment of thetube through a self-cleaning orifice in the piston rod causing the spring rod to telescope out ofthe pressure tube. Each tube incorporates a small quantity of oil that provides lubrication of the seals and of thepiston rod and, at the same time, a damping medium to control the opening speed of the coveror hatch.

UFLEX GASSPRINGS

INSTALLATION Ideal damping conditions are obtained when the spring gas is mounted with an angle of 30° fromthe vertical axis with the piston rod turned towards the hinge point: this proper installationprovides optimal performance and appropriate oil damping operation. If your application allows for quite large opening angles, a pointing up piston rod mounting maybe more appropriate, especially if the opening operation includes the passage of the rod fromthe horizontal position. When the spring rotates from B to C, the oil leaks into the gas throughthe orifice in the piston rod; the residual quantity of oil that remains between rod and conductorsprovides appropriate spent travel damping. With the piston rod pointing down and the spring in closed position, the oil is almost all leakedinto the gas through the holes and the residual quantity of oil remained between internal surfaceand piston head is not sufficient to provide a good spent travel damping.

WARNING ■ The rod surface should be protected against physical or chemical damages. ■ Lateral loads should be carefully avoided. ■ Attachment pivots should be well aligned. ■ Springs should be mounted according to previous installation instructions ensuring correct

orientation. ■ Tensile forces exceeding the output force as indicated for each single spring should be

avoided. ■ Working temperature – 30 ° C and + 80 °C.

TESTSTROKE

C

B

A

FAST

SLOW

CORRECT INCORRECT

C

B

A

Page 12: Uflex - Marineclub

11

GA

S SP

RIN

GS

Nitro-protected steel rod and marinecorrosion resistant black painted cylinder

END FITTINGS

APPLICATIONS Uflex provides gas springs in a variety of pressures to suit various installation needs, neverthelessit is the customer who decides which is the most convenient selection for a specific application.For more detailed information, please contact our Technical Service.

PACKAGING UFLEX gas springs are supplied in OEM or in Aftermarketpackaging. Please specify when ordering.

TYPE 1Welded Eyelet

TYPE 2 Welded Eyelet

TYPE 3Welded Eyelet

BLACKPAINTED GASSPRINGS

NOTE: The total length is measured from center pivot line to end fitting at fully extended spring.Further lengths, strokes and output forces available on request (20 pieces each size minimum order)

STROKE

L total ±2

Ø 8

(0.3

”)

Ø 1

8,5

(0.7

”)

MODEL

U95-5U95-10U95-20

257 (10.1)257 (10.1)257 (10.1)

95 (3.7)95 (3.7)95 (3.7)

5 (11.0)10 (22.0)20 (44.0)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

64412 L64413 N64414 R

1 21 21 2

U140-10U140-20U140-30

365 (14.4)365 (14.4)365 (14.4)

142 (5.6)142 (5.6)142 (5.6)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

64415 T64416 V64417 X

1 11 11 1

U235-10U235-20U235-30U235-40

550 (21.6)550 (21.6)550 (21.6)550 (21.6)

234 (9.2)234 (9.2)234 (9.2)234 (9.2)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

64418 Z64419 B64420 K64421 M

1 11 11 11 1

U260-20U260-30U260-40

600 (23.6)600 (23.6)600 (23.6)

262 (10.3)262 (10.3)262 (10.3)

20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

64422 P64423 S64424 U

2 32 32 3

TOTAL LENGTH

mm (“)

STROKE

mm (“)

OUTPUTFORCE

Kg (lbs)

RODDIA.

mm (“)

END FITTING

SIDE A SIDE BTYPE TYPE

AFTERMARKETPACKAGING

Part No.

64312 G64313 J64314 L

64315 N64316 R64317 T

64318 V64319 X64320 F64321 H

64322 K64323 M64324 P

OEMPACKAGING

Part No.

U300-30U300-40U300-50

683 (26.8)683 (26.8)683 (26.8)

300 (11.8)300 (11.8)300 (11.8)

30 (66.1)40 (88.1)50 (110.2)

10 (0.4)10 (0.4)10 (0.4)

65300 E65301 G65302 J

2 22 22 2

65297 V65298 X65299 Z

6

Page 13: Uflex - Marineclub

M6 M6

Ø 8

(0.3

”)

Ø 1

8,5

(0.7

”)

12

GA

S SP

RIN

GS

Nitro-protected steel rod and marinecorrosion resistant black paintedcylinder. Thermoplastic ball bearing endfittings to be threaded on.

END FITTINGS

APPLICATIONS Uflex provides gas springs in a variety of pressures to suit various installation needs, neverthelessit is the customer who decides which is the most convenient selection for a specific application.For more detailed information, please contact our Technical Service.

PACKAGING UFLEX gas springs are supplied in OEM or in Aftermarketpackaging. Please specify when ordering.

BLACKPAINTEDGAS SPRINGSUB SERIES

NOTE: The total length is measured from center pivot line to end fitting at fully extended spring.Further lengths, strokes and output forces available on request (20 pieces each size minimum order)

NOTE: End fittings to beordered separatelyKit XB01 - 66510 K

STROKE

M6 M6

L total ±2

Ø 8

(0.3

”)

Ø 1

8,5

(0.7

”)

MODEL

UB100-5UB100-10UB100-20

275 (10.8)275 (10.8)275 (10.8)

100 (3.9)100 (3.9)100 (3.9)

5 (11.0)10 (22.0)20 (44.0)

6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)

66443 J66444 L66445 N

UB120-10UB120-20UB120-30

315 (12.4)315 (12.4)315 (12.4)

120 (4.7)120 (4.7)120 (4.7)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)

6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)

66446 R 66447 T 66448V

UB150-10UB150-20UB150-30

375 (14.7)375 (14.7)375 (14.7)

150 (5.9)150 (5.9)150 (5.9)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)

6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)

66449 X 66450 F 66451 H

UB180-10UB180-20UB180-30

445 (17.5)445 (17.5)445 (17.5)

180 (7.0)180 (7.0)180 (7.0)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

66452 K 66453 M66454 P

TOTAL LENGTH

mm (“)

STROKE

mm (“)

OUTPUTFORCE

kg (lbs)

RODDIA.

mm (“)

AFTERMARKETPACKAGING

Part No.

66420 W66421 Y 66422 A

66423 C 66424 E66425 G

UB250-20UB250-30UB250-40

585 (23.0)585 (23.0)585 (23.0)

250 (9.8)250 (9.8)250 (9.8)

20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

66459 A66460 J 66461 L

66437 P 66438 S 66439 U

UB300-30UB300-40UB300-50

700 (27.5)700 (27.5)700 (27.5)

300 (11.8)300 (11.8)300 (11.8)

30 (66.1)40 (88.1)

50 (110.2)

10 (0.4)10 (0.4)10 (0.4)

66462 N66463 R 66464 T

66440 C66441 E 66442 G

66426 J66427 L 66428 N

66429 R 66430 Z66431 B

OEMPACKAGING

Part No.

UB220-10UB220-20UB220-30UB220-40

525 (20.6)525 (20.6)525 (20.6)525 (20.6)

220 (8.6)220 (8.6)220 (8.6)220 (8.6)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

66455 S 66456 U 66457 W 66458 Y

66432 D 66433 F 66434 H 66436 M

18 mm

Kit KB01 - 66510 X: 2 ball bearing endfittings to be threaded on the gas spring

KB01

Page 14: Uflex - Marineclub

M6 M6

Ø 8

(0.3

”)

Ø 1

8,5

(0.7

”)

13

GA

S SP

RIN

GS

NOTE: End fittings to beordered separately:Kit KSS01 - 66514 F(ball-joint)orKit KSS02 - 66512 B(clevis)

STROKE

M6 M6

L total ±2

Ø 8

(0.3

”)

Ø 1

8,5

(0.7

”)

NOTE: The total length is measured from center pivot line to end fitting at fully extended spring.Further lengths, strokes and output forces available on request (20 pieces each size minimum order)

MODEL

USS100-5USS100-10USS100-20

275 (10.8)275 (10.8)275 (10.8)

100 (3.9)100 (3.9)100 (3.9)

5 (11.0)10 (22.0)20 (44.0)

6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)

66487 F 66488 H 66489 K

USS120-10USS120-20USS120-30

315 (12.4)315 (12.4)315 (12.4)

120 (4.7)120 (4.7)120 (4.7)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)

6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)

66490 U 66491 W 66492 Y

USS150-10USS150-20USS150-30

375 (14.7)375 (14.7)375 (14.7)

150 (5.9)150 (5.9)150 (5.9)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)

6 (0.2)6 (0.2)6 (0.2)

66493 A 66494 C66495 E

USS180-10USS180-20USS180-30

445 (17.5)445 (17.5)445 (17.5)

180 (7.0)180 (7.0)180 (7.0)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

66496 G 66497 J66498 L

TOTAL LENGTH

mm (“)

STROKE

mm (“)

OUTPUTFORCE

kg (lbs)

RODDIA.

mm (“)

AFTERMARKETPACKAGING

Part No.

66465 V 66466 X66467 Z

66468 B 66469 D 66470 M

USS250-20USS250-30USS250-40

585 (23.0)585 (23.0)585 (23.0)

250 (9.8)250 (9.8)250 (9.8)

20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

66503 A 66504 C 66505 E

66481 T 66482 V66483 X

USS300-30USS300-40USS300-50

700 (27.5)700 (27.5)700 (27.5)

300 (11.8)300 (11.8)300 (11.8)

30 (66.1)40 (88.1)50 (110.2)

10 (0.4)10 (0.4)10 (0.4)

66506 G 66507 J 66508 L

66484 Z 66485 B66486 D

66471 P 66472 S 66473 U

66474 W66475 Y66476 A

OEMPACKAGING

Part No.

USS220-10USS220-20USS220-30USS220-40

525 (20.6)525 (20.6)525 (20.6)525 (20.6)

220 (8.6)220 (8.6)220 (8.6)220 (8.6)

10 (22.0)20 (44.0)30 (66.1)40 (88.1)

8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)8 (0.3)

66499 N 66500 U66501 W 66502 Y

66477 C 66478 E66479 G 66480 R

AISI 316 stailess steel rod, cylinder andthreaded end fittingsEnd fittings to be ordered separately

APPLICATIONS Uflex provides gas springs in a variety of pressures to suit various installation needs, neverthelessit is the customer who decides which is the most convenient selection for a specific application.For more detailed information, please contact our Technical Service.

END FITTINGS Kit KSS01 - 66514 F: 2 stainless steel ballbearing end fittings to be threaded onthe gas springKit KSS02 - 66512 B: 2 stainless steel eyeletend fittings to be threaded on the gasspring

PACKAGING UFLEX gas springs are supplied in OEM or in Aftermarket packaging. Please specify when ordering.

STAINLESSSTEELGAS SPRINGS USS SERIES

19 mm 22 mmKSS01 KSS02

7

Page 15: Uflex - Marineclub

12-0

.5”

3-0.1”

50-1.9” 7.5-

0.3“ 37

.6-1

.5”

33-1

.3”

50-1.9” 3-0.1”

37-1

.4”

8-0.

3”

25.2

-1,0

33-1

.3”

50-1.9” 3-0.1”

37-1

.4”

8-0.

3”

25.2

-1,0

12-0

.5”

3-0.1”

50-1.9” 7.5-

0.3“ 37

.6-1

.5”

33-1

.3”

50-1.9” 3-0.1”

37-1

.4”

8-0.

3”

25.2

-1,0

33-1

.3”

50-1.9” 3-0.1”

37-1

.4”

8-0.

3”

25.2

-1,0

14

GA

S SP

RIN

GS

BLACK THERMOPLASTIC BRACKETS WITH ZINC PLATEDSTEEL STUDS

SP 10 - 64325 S

SP 11 - 64326 U

SP 10

SP 11

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL BRACKETSAND STUDS TO CARRY BALL BEARINGEND FITTINGS

Flat bracket:SB 10 - 66540 G

Square bent bracket with forward attachmentpoint:SB 11 - 66541 J

Square bent bracket with reverse attachmentpoint:SB 12 - 66542 L

GAS SPRINGMOUNTING BRACKETS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEELBRACKETS AND STUDS

Flat bracket:SI 20 - 64327 WSSN 20 - 65289 W - With self-locking nuts

Square bent bracket with forward attachmentpoint:SI 21 - 64328 YSSN 21 - 65290 E - With self-locking nuts

Square bent bracket with reverse attachmentpoint:SI 22 - 64329 ASSN 22 - 65291 G - With self-locking nuts

SI 20/SSN 20

SI 21/SSN 21

SI 22/SSN 22

SB10

SB11

SB12

SI 20

SI 21

SI 22

SSN 20

SSN 21

SSN 22

SB10

SB11

SB12

Page 16: Uflex - Marineclub

115515

TRIM

TA

BS8

Page 17: Uflex - Marineclub

16

TRIM

TA

BS

In boating performance is key. During acceleration or cruising, many factors can create unnecessary drag and aninefficient upward or listing attitude. You correct this with the simple touch of a switch: InstaTrim will deflect waterdownward to raise the stern and lower the bow. Automatically you are up and running and crui sing at peak performance with drammatically increased visibility, speedand control.

BOAT ATTITUDE CORRECTION SYSTEM (TRIM TABS)

One cylinder per tab complete set Components:■ Motor 12V DC

(24V DC on request)■ 1 Pair of stainless steel tabs■ 1 Pair of hydraulic cylinders complete with

fitting ■ 1 Litre of hydraulic oil■ 1 Water resistant rocker switch■ Hydraulic hose and harness■ 1 Funnel

Two cylinders per tab complete set Components:■ Motor 12V DC

(24V DC on request)■ 1 Pair of stainless steel tabs■ 2 Pair of hydraulic cylinders complete with

fitting■ 1 Litre of hydraulic oil■ 1 Water resistant rocker switch■ Hydraulic hose and harness■ 1 Funnel

GENERAL SIZING RECOMMENDATIONS

* Two hydraulic cylinders per tabNote: other tabs measurements are available on request.

NOTE: on request InstaTrim® trim tabs are also available with aluminum tabs instead of the standard stainless steelones. Please contact our Technical Service for further information.

Note: two hydrauliccylinders per tab aresupplied from 36” (92cm) and larger tabs.

BOAT TYPE LENGTH BOAT

Single outboard orI/O’s

TAB SIZE (cm)

30 x 20

46 x 20

12” x 8”

18” x 8”

60096 U

60194 Y

-

25 x 20 10” x 8” 61080 N

11.4 (25.1)

12.7 (27.9)

10.1 (22.3) -

-

30 x 28

46 x 28

12” x 11”

18” x 11”

60197 B 12.7 (27.9)

14.2 (31.3)

15.5 (34.2)

16.8 (37.0)

60198 E

-

35 x 28 14” x 11” 60953 P-

-

61 x 28 24” x 11” 60199 F-

TAB SIZE (in) PART No. WEIGHT kg (lbs)

Twin engineoutboard or I/O

61 x 20

76 x 20

24” x 8”

30” x 8”

60195 Z 14.5 (31.9)

16.3 (35.9)

18.2 (40.1)

19.8 (43.6)

60196 A

22’ - 25’

22’ - 25’

92 x 20 36” x 8” 60262 M*26’ - 29’

102 x 20 40” x 8” 60828 N*30’ - 36’

Inboards

Page 18: Uflex - Marineclub

63222 A

60997 F

60853 M

63813 A

(1 pz)

Set Bracket (4 pz)

60855 O

60905 H

61798 X

60912 G

60911 F

25ʼ 60856 P

60854 N

61231 G

17

TRIM

TA

BS

63222 A

60997 F

60853 M

63813 A

(1 pz)

Set Bracket (4 pz)

60855 O

60905 H

61798 X

60912 G

60911 F

25ʼ 60856 P

60854 N

61231 G

The page 90 general guideline makes the selection easier, however final selection should bemade with the assistance of a qualified installation technician. When given a choice of morethan one tab size, the largest trim tabs possible for your boat are the most efficient.

NOTE: These part numbers refer to 12 Volt systems. 24 Volt systems available on request.

ACCESSORIES

■ 62595 M - Tab locator - Singlestation - Black

■ 62596 P - Tab locator - Additionalstation - Black

■ 63222 A - Water resistant rockerswitch round - Additional station

Note: Do not simultaneously activateone tab up and the other tab down.

■ 62597 S - Tab locator - Singlestation - White

■ 62598 U - Tab locator - Additionalstation - White

SPARE PARTS

Warning

Cylinder 60853 M length: 240 mm (9.5”)

9

Page 19: Uflex - Marineclub

BoatLeveler Co.

18

TRIM

TA

BS

UNIVERSAL MOTOR PUMPUniversal Motor Pump that fits all brands of hydraulic trim tab motor pumps (eg. Bennettand Trim Master).

BoatLeveler Co.

FEATURES

■ Pump has an adjustable pressure relief valve set at 28 Bar.

■ Built-in bypass to permit fluid circulation in order to prevent pump stalling.

■ Motor has thermal overload protection.

■ Kit includes all necessary fittings for a 12V single cylinder system.

■ Kit contains biodegradable oil and funnel.

■ Heavy duty solenoid valves that lock cylinder in place.

■ 45 cm (18”) wire harness with colour coding instructions for other brands.

■ Installation instruction included.

■ Complete InstaTrim®

system kit in a colourful promotional packaging.

■ Especially designed fordistributors.

■ When ordering, pleasespecify the optional packaging.

COLOURFUL PACKAGING

Universal Motor Pump - 63736 J

Page 20: Uflex - Marineclub

MAGNETICCOMPASSES

119919

MAGNETICCOMPASSES

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

10

Page 21: Uflex - Marineclub

20

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

UFLEXCOMPASSES

Uflex offers a wide choice of models andstyles of compasses both for power and sailboats. Mounting options vary from bulkhead,flush or bracket mounting to deck or pedestalassembly.Every compass is a reliable instrumentfeaturing a patented vibration dampeningsystem that makes its card the most stableavailable on the market. Efficientcompensation magnets and standardillumination guarantee good readabilityduring all sea and weather conditions.Every Uflex compass is individually calibratedto ensure precision in highly variabletemperatures from –40 °C to +60 °C (-40°F to+140 °F)

POWERBOAT COMPASSESEasy to read, stylish compasses, they areextremely reliable and highly stable thanks tothe unique “Quietcard” shock absorbersystem. The patented vibration dampeningsystem combined with a low inertia card makethese compasses ideal for all powerboatapplications.

SAILBOAT COMPASSES

With their low inertia card design thatprovides high stability and readability in allconditions, these compasses represent the bestvalue in sailing. The 45° lubber lines and the45° built-in clinometer give the helmsmaninstant reference points for tacking and heelangle.

3 YEARS GUARANTEE

Our products are guaranteed, for a period ofthree years from the manufacture date,against defects in material and workmanship.Alleged defective products returned, freightprepaid, within the above said term, will berepaired or replaced at our option, free ofcharge, if found effectively below our qualitystandards.This guarantee does not cover other claims fordirect or indirect damage.In particular, we decline liability and excludeguarantee (except for what stated above) ifimproper installation or misuse should resultin the failure of our products.

Mounting and maintenance instructions areindicated in the instruction sheet suppliedwith the product.

CARD BALANCING

The cards in magnetic compasses are balanced to compensate forthe dip caused by the earth’s magnetic field. All Uflex compasses arestandard balanced for use in the Northern Hemisphere (Zone A).When ordering compasses to be used in the Southern Hemisphere(Zone B-C), please specify the zone number of your boating area.

NOTE: Venezia Series compasses are factory balanced for worldwide use.

All Uflex compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime Administration.

Page 22: Uflex - Marineclub

• • • • •• • • • •

• • • • • •• • • • • •

• • •• • •

• • • • •• • • • •• • • • •• • • • •

• • • • •• • • • •• • • • •

• • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •

• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •

• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • •• • • • •• • • • •

• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •

• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • • •

• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •

• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • •

21

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

P

I

S

A

seriesapparent diameter dial (mm) mounting

color ofhousing

P-80 BR/B

UFLEXCOMPASSES

A

M

A

L

F

I

INC

HES

FLU

SH M

OU

NT

(FL)

BR

AC

KET

(B

R)

BIN

NA

CLE

(B

I)

BU

LKH

EAD

(B

U)

BLA

CK

(B

)

WH

ITE

(W)

GR

AY

(G

)

YEL

LOW

(Y

)

CH

RO

ME

(CH

)

BLA

CK

WH

ITE

SEC

TOR

S

FRO

NT

REA

DIN

G

TOP

REA

DIN

G (

T)

CLI

NO

MET

ER

CO

MPE

NSA

TOR

S

ILLU

MIN

ATI

ON

FOR

E A

ND

AFT

RO

LL

MOUNTINGAPP.DIAL

DIAM.COLOUR OFHOUSING

DIALCOLOUR

TILTINGANGLE

DIALREADING

A-50 BI/B 2”

A-50 BI/Y 2”

A-50 BR/B 2” + - 30° + - 30°

A-50 BR/W 2” + - 30° + - 30°

A-50 K/B 2”

A-50 K/Y 2”

A-65 L BI/B 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°

A-65 L BI/W 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°

A-65 L BI/G 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°

A-65 L BI/CH 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°

A-65 L BR/B 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°

A-65 L BR/W 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°

A-65 L BR/G 21/2” + - 30° + - 30°

COLOMBO 21/2”

P-80 BR/B 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 BR/W 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 BR/G 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 FL/B 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 FL/W 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 FL/G 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 BI/B 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 BI/W 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 BI/G 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 LP/B 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 LP/W 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-80 LP/G 3” + - 30° + - 30°

P-90 BU/B 31/2” + - 30° + - 30°

P-90 BU/W 31/2” + - 30° + - 30°

P-90 BU/CH 31/2” + - 30° + - 30°

P-90 BU/S 31/2” + - 30° + - 30°

P-95 BR/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BR/W 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BR/G 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BR T/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BR S/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 FL/B 33/4” + - 45° + - 45°

P-95 FL/W 33/4” + - 45° + - 45°

P-95 FL T/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BU/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BU/W 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BU/G 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BU S/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BU S/W 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

P-95 BU SS/B 33/4” UNL. + - 45°

11

Page 23: Uflex - Marineclub

A

B

C

• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • • •

• • • • • • •• • • • • • •

• • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •

22

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

GENOVA

VENEZIA

seriesapparent diameter dial (mm) mounting

color ofhousing

G-116 FL/B

UFLEXCOMPASSES

INC

HES

FLU

SH M

OU

NT

(FL)

BR

AC

KET

(B

R)

BIN

NA

CLE

(B

I)

BU

LKH

EAD

(B

U)

BLA

CK

(B

)

WH

ITE

(W)

GR

AY

(G

)

YEL

LOW

(Y

)

CH

RO

ME

(CH

)

BLA

CK

WH

ITE

SEC

TOR

S

FRO

NT

REA

DIN

G

TOP

REA

DIN

G (

T)

CLI

NO

MET

ER

CO

MPE

NSA

TOR

S

ILLU

MIN

ATI

ON

FOR

E A

ND

AFT

RO

LL

MOUNTINGAPP.DIAL

DIAM.COLOUR OFHOUSING

DIALCOLOUR

TILTINGANGLE

DIALREADING

G-116 FL/B 41/2” + - 45° + - 45°

G-116 FL T/B 41/2” UNL. + - 45°

G-116 FL ST/B 41/2” UNL. + - 45°

G-116 BI ST/B 41/2” UNL. + - 45°

G-116 BU S/B 41/2” UNL. + - 45°

V-135 FL T/B 55/16” + - 80° + - 80°

V-135 BI T/B 55/16” + - 80° + - 80°

V-135 BI T/P 55/16” + - 80° + - 80°

COLOMBO B

COLOMBO B

HANDBEARINGCOMPASSCOLOMBOA 2 1/2” (65 mm) apparent diameter dialcompass with a detachable bracket mounting.The bearing can be locked with a specialsystem. Maximum tilting angle is 30° in alldirections; the bracket is angled 15° forwardfrom vertical. LED illumination.

COLOMBO B – 62333 E - Black

111 mm - 4.37”A

180 mm - 7.1”B

15°C

Page 24: Uflex - Marineclub

A

B

A

B

23

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

A-50 AMALFI SERIES■ 2” (50 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ phosphorescent card■ built-in compensators A-50 BR models only■ Internal lighting A-50 BR models only

A-50 BINNACLE (BI)A handy marine compass supplied with aspecial bracket from which can be easilyremoved. The durable vibration dampeningmakes this compass ideal not only for allpower boat application, but also for dinghiesand other small sailboats. Tilting angleeffective up to 30°.

■ A-50 BI/B - 62332 C - black■ A-50 BI/Y - 62331 A - yellow

A-50 BRACKET (BR)A bracket mounted compass with multiplemounting capabilities, including surfacemounting. Illumination and built-incompensators as standard.

■ A-50 BR/B - 62336 L – black■ A-50 BR/W - 62335 J – white

A-50 KAYAK (K)This compass, designed for Kayak and Canoe,is easy to mount and detach. The compass canbe hooked to the kayak/canoa bungee cordsor eyelets using clips provided.

■ A-50 K/B - 62330 Y – black■ A-50 K/Y - 62329 P – yellow

A-50 BI/Y A-50 BI/B

A-50 BR/B A-50 BR/W

A-50 K/Y A-50 K/B

95 mm - 3.74”A

71,3 mm - 2.8”B

A50 BR

87 mm - 3.42”A

54 mm - 2.13”B

A50 BI

12

Page 25: Uflex - Marineclub

A

B

24

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

Clamshell packagingWithout IlluminationA-65 BI/B - 39320 N BlackA-65 BI/W - 39377 V White A-65 BI/G - 39375 R GreyA-65 BI/CH - 40901 T Chrome plated

With IlluminationA-65 L BI/B - 39350 Y BlackA-65 L BI/W - 39351 A White A-65 L BI/G - 39379 Z GreyA-65 L BI/CH - 40903 X Chrome plated

Box packagingWithout IlluminationA-65 BI/B box - 39382 M BlackA-65 BI/W box - 39383 P WhiteA-65 BI/G box - 39384 S GreyA-65 BI/CH box - 40905 B Chrome plated

With IlluminationA-65 L BI/B box - 39385 U BlackA-65 L BI/W box - 39386 W WhiteA-65 L BI/G box - 39387 Y GreyA-65 L BI/CH box - 40907 F Chrome plated

MOUNTING VERSATILITYOrder BRACKET 65if you wish to transformyour A-65 BI binnaclecompass in a A-65 BRbracket compass.

BRACKET 65/B – 39356 L - blackBRACKET 65/W – 40109 A - whiteBRACKET 65/G – 40110 J - grey

A-65 AMALFI SERIES■ 2 1/2” ( 65 mm ) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ 5° dial graduation■ compact low profile■ snap-in mounting feature for easy removal■ binnacle or bracket installation■ shock resistant and antiscratching polycarbonate dome■ standard models with internal LED illumination ■ black, grey, white and chrome (binnacle only) housing■ clamshell or box standard packaging

A-65 BINNACLE INSTALLATION (BI)Low profile binnacle mounting compass that can be easily removed from its base acting on the snap-in mountingbracket.

A-65 BI/G

A-65 BI/CHA-65 BI/W

A-65 BI/B

86 mm - 3.39”A

78 mm - 3.1”BA-65 BI

Page 26: Uflex - Marineclub

B

A

C

25

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

Clamshell packagingWithout IlluminationA-65 BR/B - 39321 R Black A-65 BR/W - 39378 X WhiteA-65 BR/G - 39376 T Grey

With IlluminationA-65 L BR/B - 39352 C Black A-65 L BR/W - 39353 E WhiteA-65 L BR/G - 39380 H Grey

Box packagingWithout IlluminationA-65 BR/B box - 39388 A BlackA-65 BR/W box - 39389 C WhiteA-65 BR/G box - 39390 L Grey

With IlluminationA-65 L BR/B box - 39391 N BlackA-65 L BR/W box - 39392 R WhiteA-65 L BR/G box - 39393 T Grey

A-65 AMALFI SERIES■ 2 1/2” ( 65 mm ) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ 5° dial graduation■ compact low profile■ snap-in mounting feature for easy removal■ binnacle or bracket installation■ shock resistant and antiscratching polycarbonate dome■ standard models with internal LED illumination ■ black, grey, white and chrome (binnacle only) housing■ clamshell or box standard packaging

A-65 BRACKET INSTALLATION (BR)The bracket version of the A-65 Amalfi series compass is designed for multiple mounting capabilities both in ahorizontal or inclined dashboard or a bulkhead. It can be easily removed from its bracket acting on the snap-inmounting system

A-65 BR/G

A-65 BR/W

A-65 BR/B

86 mm - 3.39”A

132 mm - 5.2”B

106 mm - 4.17”CA-65 BR

13

Page 27: Uflex - Marineclub

B

A

26

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

P-80 BRACKET MOUNT (BR)Bracket mount compasses easy to install in multiple ways both on a dashboard or a cabin overhead. The compass can beeasily removed from its brackets by loosening the two sidemounted amagnetic screws.

P-80 BR/B 39591 X – front reading, black housing and cardP-80 BR/W 39597 K – front reading, white housing and cardP-80 BR/G 39593 B – front reading, gray housing, black card

P-80 PISA SERIES■ 3” (80 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ low and compact profile■ bracket, flush, binnacle and bulkhead mount choice■ semi-gimbal system■ internal LED illumination■ built-in compensators (P-80 LP models excepted)■ available in black, white and gray housing■ 5° dial graduation■ single box packaging■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2.

P-80 BR/GP-80 BR/B

P-80 BR/W

100 mm - 3.9”A

103.5 mm - 4.1”BP-80 BR

Page 28: Uflex - Marineclub

B

A

C

27

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

P-80 FLUSH MOUNT (FL)Flush mount compasses designed for mounting on top of an instrument panel or any flat surface from horizontal planeto 45° fore and aft tilt.

P-80 FL/B 40162 E – front reading, black housing and cardP-80 FL/W 40163 G – front reading, white housing and cardP-80 FL/G 41203 X – front reading, gray housing, black card

P-80 PISA SERIES■ 3” (80 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ low and compact profile■ bracket, flush, binnacle and bulkhead mount choice■ semi-gimbal system■ internal LED illumination■ built-in compensators (P-80 LP models excepted)■ available in black, white and gray housing■ 5° dial graduation■ single box packaging■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2.

P-80 FL/G P-80 FL/B

P-80 FL/W

100 mm - 3.9”A

60 mm - 2.36”B

130 mm - 5.1”CP-80 FL

14

Page 29: Uflex - Marineclub

A

B

A

B

P-80 LP

28

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

P-80 BINNACLE MOUNT (BI)P-80 BI/B 40164 J – front reading, black housing and cardP-80 BI/W 40165 L – front reading, white housing and cardP-80 BI/G 41244 M – front reading, gray housing, black card

P-80 BINNACLE MOUNT “LOW PROFILE” (LP)P-80 LP/B 41245 P – front reading, black housing and cardP-80 LP/W 41246 S – front reading, white housing and cardP-80 LP/G 41247 U – front reading, gray housing, black card

NOTE: Compensation is not included in P-80 LP models.

P-80 PISA SERIES■ 3” (80 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ low and compact profile■ bracket, flush, binnacle and bulkhead mount choice■ semi-gimbal system■ internal LED illumination■ built-in compensators (P-80 LP models excepted)■ available in black, white and gray housing■ 5° dial graduation■ single box packaging■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2.

P-80 BI/G P-80 BI/BP-80 BI/W

P-80 LP/G P-80 LP/BP-80 LP/W

100 mm - 3.9”A

90,5 mm - 3.6”BP-80 BI

100 mm - 3.9”A

75,5 mm - 3”B

P-80 LP

Page 30: Uflex - Marineclub

A

B

29

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

P-90 BULKHEAD MOUNT (BU)Bulkhead or panel mount compasses ideal for both sailing and motor boats. The gimballing system allows them to bemounted on a vertical or up to 45° front sloping console.

P-90 BU/B 41248 W – front reading, black housing and cardP-90 BU/W 41249 Y – front reading, white housing and cardP-90 BU/CH 41250 G – front reading, chrome plated housing, black cardP-90 BU/T 41251 J – front reading, titanium housing, black cardP-90 BU/S 41252 L – front reading, black housing, sector card

SCB-90 41253 N – optional black cover SCW-90 41254 R – optional white cover

P-90 PISA SERIES■ 3.5” (90 mm) apparent diameter dial■ front reading dial■ low and compact profile■ bracket, flush, binnacle and bulkhead mount choice■ semi-gimbal system■ internal LED illumination■ built-in compensators (P-80 LP models excepted)■ available in black, white, chrome and titanium (bulkhead only) housing■ 5° dial graduation■ single box packaging■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2.

P-90 BU/B

P-90 BU/W

P-90 BU/CH

P-90 BU/T

58.5 mm - 2.3”A

146 mm - 5.75”BP-90 BU

P-90 BU/S

SCW-90 SCB-90

15

Page 31: Uflex - Marineclub

A

BC

30P-95 BR/B

P-95 BR/W

P-95 BR T/B

P-95 BR S/B

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

P-95 BRACKET MOUNT (BR)Bracket mount compasses easy to install in multiple ways both on a dashboard or a cabin overhead. The compass can beeasily removed from its bracket for security by loosening the two large bracket red knobs.

P-95 BR/B 62341 D – front reading, black housing and cardP-95 BR/W 62340 B – front reading, white housing and cardP-95 BR T/B 62450 J – top reading, black housing and cardP-95 BR S/B 62500 X – for sail boat, front reading, black housing and card

Sun Cover 62648 L – Optional Sun Cover

P-95 BR SPARE PARTS

RED KNOB FOR BRACKET 90442 UBLACK BRACKET 90444 YWHITE BRACKET 90445 A

P-95 PISA SERIES■ 3 3/4” (95 mm) apparent diameter dial■ choice of front or top reading dials in bracket and flush mount models■ bulkhead, bracket and flush mount choice■ LED illumination■ built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines and built-in clinometer scale up to 45° on sailboat models■ optional sun cover■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime

Administration.

SUN COVER

127,5 mm - 5”A

82,5 mm - 3.25”B

140 mm - 5.5”CP-95 BR

Page 32: Uflex - Marineclub

A

B

C

D

31P-95 FL/W P-95 FL/B

P-95 FL T/B

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

P-95 FLUSH MOUNT (FL)Flush mount compasses designed for mounting on top of an instrument panel or any flat surface from horizontal planeto 45° fore and aft tilt. The optional spacer is used for altering the depth of flush mount and bulkhead modelcompasses.

P-95 FL/B 62344 K – front reading, black housing and card.P-95 FL/W 62343 H – front reading, white housing and cardP-95 FL T/B 62466 A – top reading, black housing and card

SPACER 62511 C - Optional Spacer

Sun Cover 62648 L - Optional Sun Cover

P-95 PISA SERIES■ 3 3/4” (95 mm) apparent diameter dial■ choice of front or top reading dials in bracket and flush mount models■ bulkhead, bracket and flush mount choice■ LED illumination■ built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines and built-in clinometer scale up to 45° on sailboat models■ optional sun cover■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime

Administration.

SUN COVER

128 mm - 5”A

46 mm - 1,8”B

38 mm - 3.5”C

62 mm - 2.45”DP-95 FL

16

Page 33: Uflex - Marineclub

A

B

C

D

32

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

P-95 BU/B

P-95 BU/W

P-95 BU S/BP-95 BU/G

P-95 BU S/W

P-95 BU SS/B

P-95 BULKHEAD MOUNT (BU)Bulkhead or panel mount compasses with a gimballing system that allows them to be mounted on a vertical or up to45° front sloping console.

P-95 BU/B 62338 R – front reading, black housing and cardP-95 BU/W 62337 N – front reading, white housing and cardP-95 BU/G 62339 T – front reading, grey housing, black cardP-95 BU S/B 62447 W – for sailboats, front reading, black housing and cardP-95 BU S/W 62446 U – for sailboats, front reading, white housing and cardP-95 BU SS/B 62502 B – for sailboats, front reading, black housing, sector card

Sun Cover 62648 L - Optional Sun Cover

P-95 PISA SERIES■ 3 3/4” (95 mm) apparent diameter dial■ choice of front or top reading dials in bracket and flush mount models■ bulkhead, bracket and flush mount choice■ LED illumination■ built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines and built-in clinometer scale up to 45° on sailboat models■ optional sun cover■ All Pisa series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime

Administration.

SUN COVER

128 mm - 5”A

46 mm - 1,8”B

38 mm - 3.5”C

62 mm - 2.45”DP-95 BU

Page 34: Uflex - Marineclub

A

B

A

B

C

D

33

G-116 BI ST/B

G-116 FL ST/BG-116 FL T/B

G-116 BU S/B G-116 FL/B

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

G-116 FLUSH MOUNT (FL)G-116 FL/B 62453 R – front reading, black housing and cardG-116 FL T/B 62469 G – top reading, black housing and cardG-116 FL ST/B 62503 D – for sailboats, top reading, black housing and card

G-116 BINNACLE MOUNT (BI)G-116 BI ST/B 62504 F – for sailboats, top reading, black housing and card

G-116 BULKHEAD MOUNT (BU)G-116 BU S/B 62455 V – for sailboats, front reading, black housing and card

Sun Cover 62649 N – Optional Sun Cover

G-116 GENOVA SERIES■ 4 1/2“ (116 mm) apparent diameter dial■ choice of front or top reading dials in flush mount models■ bulkhead, binnacle and flush mount choice■ LED illumination■ Built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines and built-in clinometer scale up to 45° on sailboat models■ optional sun covers■ All Genova series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3, paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime

Administration.

SUN COVER

63 mm - 2.48”A

38,8 mm - 1.52”B

G-116 BI

A

80 mm - 3.5”

160 mm - 6.3”

B

C

63 mm - 2.5”

104 mm - 4.1”

D

G-116 BU - G-116 FL

17

Page 35: Uflex - Marineclub

A

B

C

C

A

E

B

D

34

MA

GN

ETIC

CO

MPA

SSES

V-135 BI T/B

V-135 BI T/P

V-135 FL T/B

V-135 FLUSH MOUNT (FL)V-135 FL T/B 62460 M – top reading, black housing and card

V-135 BINNACLE MOUNT (BI)V-135 BI T/B 62458 B – top reading, black housing and cardV-135 BI T/P 62459 D – top reading, polish steel housing, black card

V-135 VENEZIA SERIES■ 5 5/16” (135 mm) apparent diameter dial■ traditional top reading dial■ binnacle or flush mount choice■ light bulb illumination 12/24 V■ built-in compensators■ internal gimbal system■ 45° lubber lines■ factory balanced for world wide use■ standard sun covers■ All Venezia series compasses meet the D.M. 388 29/09/1999 art. 3,

paragraph 2. Approved by the Finnish Maritime Administration.

135 mm - 5.3”A

194 mm - 7.64”B

178 mm - 7”C

V-135 BI

A

110 mm - 4.33”

135 mm - 5.3”

B

132 mm - 5.2”C

D

178 mm - 7”

82 mm - 3.23”

E

V-135 FL

Page 36: Uflex - Marineclub

35

MA

RIN

E IN

STRU

MEN

TS

18

Page 37: Uflex - Marineclub

36

INST

RUM

ENTS

- U

LTRA

AN

D U

LTRA

WH

ITE

SERI

ES

ULTRA

ULTRA WHITE

FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted black (ULTRA) or white

dial (ULTRA WHITE) with bold graphics.■ 12V DC, negative ground■ Black aluminum bezel.■ Flat glass lens.■ Metric and american scales.

Uflex instruments are single tested and CEmarked according to the European Standards.

Page 38: Uflex - Marineclub

new new

37

INST

RUM

ENTS

- U

LTRA

AN

D U

LTRA

WH

ITE

SERI

ES

INSTRUMENT DIAL RANGE DESCRIPTION SENDER ULTRAPART No.

ULTRA WHITEPART No.

Tachometer

Tach-Hourmeter

6000 RPM

7000 RPM

4000 RPM

4000 RPM

7000 RPM

4000 RPM

4000 RPM

• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard & I/O gas engine.

• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.

• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off

• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection

• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.

• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off

• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection

Not required

Not required

Page 44

Not required

Not required

Page 44

Not required

60738 G

60509 S

60510 J

60510 J

61766 H

62049 H

62049 H

60691 K

60533 T

60534 U

60534 U

61767 K

62050 S

62050 S

Speedometer30 Knot50 Knot70 Knot

–Requires

pitot tube(Page 44)

60512 L60513 M60514 N

60536 W60537 X60538 A

Fuel level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 44 - 46 60518 T 60542 U

Water level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 46 60520 L 60544 W

Oil pressure gauge 5 bar10 bar – Page 44 60521 M

60522 N60545 X60546 Y

Transmission pressuregauge 25 bar – Not available 60523 O 60547 Z

Water temperaturegauge 40 - 120 °C – Page 44 60526 R 60550 U

Voltmeter 10-16 Volt20-32 Volt

For all 12 Volt electrical systemFor all 24 Volt electrical system

Not requiredNot required

60529 W60741 Z

60553 X60742 A

Hourmeter 10.000 ore Elapsed in hour/tenths, (12-32 volt) Not required 60530 Q 60554 Y

Ammeter 60 - 0 - 60 Indicates electrical charge/dischargerate Not required 60532 S 60540 S

Battery chargeindicator E - 1/2 - F

12 Volt, internally illuminated,remote mounted sensor with 20’

harness includedNot required 62080 B 62081 D

Clock – Quartz analog Not required 60531 R 60539 B

Synchonizer – All twin gas & diesel inboard Not required 60517 Q 60541 T

Rudder angleindicator

Port-Starboard Indicates relative position of rudder Page 44 60699 U 60700 Q

Trim gauge Up-Down

• Mercury & Mariner outboard,Mercruiser, Volvo DP, ’96 & newer,Volvo & Yamaha EST sterndrive.

• OMC outboard Johnson & Evinrude. • Yamaha & Evinrude Yamaha

outboard ’97 & newer.

Requires senderfor outboard

and sterndriveengines

61655 Y

62045 Z62047 D

62044 X

62046 B62048 F

HOLE SIZEmm - in

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.3785 - 3.3785 - 3.37

53 - 2.07

53 -2.07

53 - 2.0753 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.0753 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

85 - 3.37

53 - 2.07

53 -2.07

53 -2.0753 -2.07

ELECTRONIC FLUX-GATE COMPASS■ Auto compensation■ Easy to install and to read in all weather conditions■ Unaffected by metal objects in the vicinity of the compass indicator■ Includes: remote mounted sensor with 20’ plug in harness, instruction manual

and mounting hardware

61076 N – ULTRA Style Electronic Compass61077 O – ULTRA WHITE Style Electronic Compass

19

Page 39: Uflex - Marineclub

38

INST

RUM

ENTS

- BE

IGE

GO

LD A

ND

ULT

RAW

HIT

E SS

SER

IES

FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted beige (BEIGE GOLD) or

white dial (ULTRAWHITE SS) with boldgraphics.

■ 12V DC, negative ground■ Polished gold or polished stainless steel

bezel.■ Domed glass lens.■ Metric and american scales.

BEIGE GOLD

ULTRAWHITE SS

Uflex instruments are single tested and CEmarked according to the European Standards.

Page 40: Uflex - Marineclub

new new

39

INST

RUM

ENTS

- BE

IGE

GO

LD A

ND

ULT

RAW

HIT

E SS

SER

IES

INSTRUMENT DIAL RANGE DESCRIPTION SENDER BEIGE-GOLDPART No.

U-WHITE SSPART No.

Tachometer

Tach-Hourmeter

6000 RPM

7000 RPM

4000 RPM

4000 RPM

7000 RPM

4000 RPM

4000 RPM

• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard & I/O gas engine.

• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.

• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off

• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection

• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.

• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off

• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection

Not required

Not required

Page 44

Not required

Not required

Page 44

Not required

62053 Y

62051 U

62054 A

62054 A

62055 C

62056 E

62056 E

62004 J

62003 G

62005 L

62005 L

62006 N

62007 R

62007 R

Speedometer30 Knot50 Knot70 Knot

–Requires

pitot tube(Page 44)

62057 G62058 J62059 L

62008 T62009 V62010 D

Fuel level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 44 - 46 62063 B 62014 M

Water level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 46 62067 K 62018 W

Oil pressure gauge 5 bar10 bar – Page 44 62065 F

62066 H62016 S62017 U

Transmission pressuregauge 25 bar – Not available 62077 N 62052 W

Water temperaturegauge 40 - 120 °C – Page 44 62073 E 62024 R

Voltmeter 10-16 Volt20-32 Volt

For all 12 Volt electrical systemFor all 24 Volt electrical system

Not requiredNot required

62071 A62072 C

62022 L62023 N

Hourmeter 10.000 ore Elapsed in hour / tenths (12-32 volt) Not required 62064 D 62015 P

Ammeter 60 - 0 - 60 Indicates electrical charge /discharge rate Not required 62060 V 62011 F

Battery chargeindicator E - 1/2 - F

12 Volt, internally illuminated,remote mounted sensor with 20’

harness includedNot required 62061 X 61012 H

Clock – Quartz analog Not required 62062 Z 62013 K

Syncronizer – All twin gas & diesel inboard Not required 62074 G 62025 T

Rudder angleindicator

Port-Starboard Indicates relative position of rudder Page 44 62076 L 62027 X

Trim indicator Up-Down

• For Mercury and Marineroutboards, Mercruiser, Volvo DP,’96 and newer, Volvo and YamahaEST sterndrives

• For OMC outboards• For Yamaha outboards ’97 and newer

Requires senderfor outboard

and sterndriveengines

62068 M

62069 P62070 Y

62019 Y

62020 G62021 J

HOLE SIZEmm - in

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.3785 - 3.3785 - 3.37

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.0753 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.0753 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

85 - 3.37

53 - 2.07

53 -2.07

53 -2.0753 -2.07

ELECTRONIC FLUX-GATE COMPASS■ Auto compensation■ Easy to install and to read in all weather conditions■ Unaffected by metal objects in the vicinity of the compass indicator■ Includes: remote mounted sensor with 20’ plug in harness, instruction manual

and mounting hardware

62078 R – BEIGE GOLD Style Electronic Compass62079 T – ULTRAWHITE SS Style Electronic Compass

20

Page 41: Uflex - Marineclub

40

INST

RUM

ENTS

- D

RESS

WH

ITE

AN

D P

ROFE

SSIO

NA

L SE

RIES

FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted white dial with bold

black graphics.■ 12V DC, negative ground■ White aluminum bezel.■ Flat glass lens.■ Metric and american scales.

FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted black dial with red

graphics.■ 12V DC, negative ground■ Black aluminum bezel.■ Flat glass lens.■ Metric and american scales.

DRESS WHITE

PROFESSIONAL

Uflex instruments are single tested and CEmarked according to the European Standards.

Page 42: Uflex - Marineclub

new new

41

INST

RUM

ENTS

- D

RESS

WH

ITE

AN

D P

ROFE

SSIO

NA

L SE

RIES

INSTRUMENT DIAL RANGE DESCRIPTION SENDER DRESS/WHITEPART No.

Tachometer

Tach-Hourmeter

6000 RPM

7000 RPM

4000 RPM

4000 RPM

7000 RPM

4000 RPM

4000 RPM

• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard & I/O gas engine.

• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.

• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off

• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection

• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.

• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off

• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection

Not required

Not required

Page 44

Not required

Not required

Page 44

Not required

62656 F

62657 H

62658 K

62658 K

62659 M

62660 W

62660 W

Speedometer30 Knot50 Knot70 Knot

–Requires

pitot tube(Page 44)

62661 Y62662 A62663 C

Fuel level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 44 - 46 62664 E

Water level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 46 62665 G

Oil pressure gauge 5 bar10 bar – Page 44 62666 J

62667 L

Transmission pressuregauge 25 bar – Not available 62668 N

Water temperaturegauge 40 - 120 °C – Page 44 62669 R

Voltmeter 10-16 Volt20-32 Volt

For all 12 Volt electrical systemFor all 24 Volt electrical system

Not requiredNot required

62670 Z62671 B

Hourmeter 10.000 ore Elapsed in hour / tenths (12-32 volt) Not required 62672 D

Ammeter 60 - 0 - 60 Indicates electrical charge /discharge rate Not required 62673 F

Battery chargeindicator E - 1/2 - F

12 Volt, internally illuminated,remote mounted sensor with 20’

harness includedNot required 62674 H

Clock – Quartz analog Not required 62676 M

Syncronizer – All twin gas & diesel inboard Not required 62677 P

Rudder angleindicator

Port-Starboard Indicates relative position of rudder Page 44 62678 S

Trim indicator Up-Down

• For Mercury and Marineroutboards, Mercruiser, Volvo DP,’96 and newer, Volvo and YamahaEST sterndrives

• For OMC outboards• For Yamaha outboards ’97 and newer

Requires senderfor outboard

and sterndriveengines

62679 U

62680 C62681 E

PROFESSIONALPART No.

63196 C

63197 E

63198 G

63198 G

63199 J

63200 P

63200P

63201 S63202 U63203 W

63204 Y

63205 A

63206 C63207 E

63208 G

63209 J

63210 T63211 V

63212 X

63213 Z

63214 B

63216 F

63217 H

63218 K

63219 M

63220 W63219 M

HOLE SIZEmm - in

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.3785 - 3.3785 - 3.37

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.0753 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.0753 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

85 - 3.37

53 - 2.07

53 -2.07

53 -2.0753 -2.07

ELECTRONIC FLUX-GATE COMPASS■ Auto compensation■ Easy to install and to read in all weather conditions■ Unaffected by metal objects in the vicinity of the compass indicator■ Includes: remote mounted sensor with 20’ plug in harness, instruction manual

and mounting hardware

62675 K – DRESS WHITE Style Electronic Compass

21

Page 43: Uflex - Marineclub

newnew

42

INST

RUM

ENTS

- P

ERFO

RMA

NCE

AN

D C

ALY

PSO

SER

IES

FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted white dial with black

graphics■ 12V DC negative ground■ Stainless steel bezel■ Domed glass fog free lens■ Metric and American scales

PERFORMANCE

FEATURES:■ Perimeter-lighted white dial with bold

black graphics■ Stainless steel bezel■ Domed glass fog free lens■ 12V DC, negative ground■ Metric and American scales

CALYPSO

Uflex instruments are single tested and CEmarked according to the European Standards.

Page 44: Uflex - Marineclub

43

INST

RUM

ENTS

- P

ERFO

RMA

NCE

AN

D C

ALY

PSO

SER

IES

Voltmeter 10-16 Volt20-32 Volt

For all 12 Volt electrical systemFor all 24 Volt electrical system

Not requiredNot required

Hourmeter 10.000 ore Elapsed in hour / tenths (12-32 volt) Not required

Ammeter 60 - 0 - 60 Indicates electrical charge /discharge rate Not required

Battery chargeindicator E - 1/2 - F

12 Volt, internally illuminated,remote mounted sensor with 20’

harness includedNot required

Syncronizer – All twin gas & diesel inboard Not required

Rudder angleindicator

Port-Starboard Indicates relative position of rudder Page 44

Trim indicator Up-Down

• For Mercury and Marineroutboards, Mercruiser, Volvo DP,’96 and newer, Volvo and YamahaEST sterndrives

• For OMC outboards

Requires senderfor outboard

and sterndriveengines

65329 F65330 P

65331 S

65332 U

65333 W

65334 Y

65335A

65336 C

65337 E

INSTRUMENT DIAL RANGE DESCRIPTION SENDER HOLE SIZEmm - in

Tachometer

Tach-Hourmeter

6000 RPM

7000 RPM

4000 RPM

4000 RPM

7000 RPM

4000 RPM

4000 RPM

• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard & I/O gas engine.

• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.

• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off

• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection

• Universal for all outboard engines4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.

• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1mechanical take off

• Diesel, variable ratiofor alternator connection

Not required

Not required

Page 44

Not required

Not required

Page 44

Not required

65316 W

65315 U

65317 Y

65317 Y

65318 A

65319 C

65319 C

Speedometer30 Knot50 Knot70 Knot

–Requires

pitot tube(Page 44)

65320 L65321 N65322 R

Fuel level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 44 - 46 65323 T

Water level gauge E - 1/2 - F – Page 46 65324 V

Oil pressure gauge 5 bar10 bar – Page 44 65325 X

65326 Z

Transmission pressuregauge 25 bar – Not available 65327 B

Water temperaturegauge 40 - 120 °C – Page 44 65328 D

PERFORMANCEPART No.

66649 F66656 C

66650 P

66655 A

66657 E

66641 N

66658 G

66653 W

66652 U

66639 C

66638 A

66640 L

66640 L

66642 R66643 T66644 V

66645 X

66660 T

66646 Z66647 B

66659 J

66648 D

CALYPSOPART No.

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.37

85 - 3.3785 - 3.3785 - 3.37

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.0753 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.0753 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

85 - 3.37

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

53 - 2.07

22

Page 45: Uflex - Marineclub

44

INST

RUM

ENTS

- S

END

ERS

AN

D A

CCES

SORI

ESSENDERS AND ACCESSORIES SCALE DESCRIPTION PART No.

Diesel tachometersender - Attaches to diesel sender mechanical take-

off. Includes coupling and 4 drive keys 60613 S

Pitot kits -

Pitot tube complete with transom mountmounting hardware

As above complete with 20’ of tubing

Tubing - 20’

60515 O

60516 P

61717 U

Oil pressure sender

5 bar5 bar10 bar10 bar

Single station, 1/8” NPTFDual station, 1/8” NPTF

Single station, 1/8” NPTFDual station, 1/8” NPTF

60525 Q60610 P60611 Q60612 R

Watertemperaturesender

40 - 120 °C

40 - 120 °C

Single station, 1/8” NPTF

Dual station, 1/8” NPTF

60528 V

60614 T

Fuel level sender 20 - 60 cm(7.9” - 23.6”) Single station 66180 C

Bushing kitTemperatureand pressure

senders

1/8” NPTF - M10x1

1/8” NPTF - M12x1

1/8” NPTF - M16x1.5

60618 Z

60619 A

60620 R

24 Volt adaptorkit 12 - 24V

• Tachometer - Syncronizers• Ammeter - Speedometer (24V bulb only)

• Water temperature• Oil pressure - fuel level - water level - rudder angle

60621 S60623 U60703 T60704 U

Installation kit - Fuel level sender installation kit(for plastic fuel tanks) 60696 P

NOTE: SINGLE SENDER: to connect to one gauge DUAL SENDER: to connect to two gauges

Rudder anglesender -

Single stationDual station

To use with Uflex rudderangle indicator only.

60701 R60702 S

Page 46: Uflex - Marineclub

45

INST

RUM

ENTS

- FUE

L LE

VEL

KIT

AND

PRO

MO

TIO

NAL

ITEM

S

FUELLEVEL KIT66234 ZFuel level Ultra Series gauge complete withsender 20 - 60 cm (7.9” - 23.6”)

66235 BFuel level Ultra White Series gauge completewith sender 20 - 60 cm (7.9” - 23.6”)

PROMOTIONALITEMSWe present to our distributors particularlyelegant displays to enhance the quality anddesign of our instruments.Burl wood or carbon look colours available.

Burl wood - 62605 MCarbon look - 62606 P

Due to our customers care and attention for astylish packaging for the instruments, we havedecided to offer optional boxes that meettheir requirements.To present a quality product in a visuallyappealing packaging will increase theinstruments sale possibility.

When ordering, please specify the optionalpackaging.

23

Page 47: Uflex - Marineclub

46

WAT

ER/F

UEL

AN

D H

OLD

ING

TA

NK

MO

NIT

ORI

NG

SYS

TEM

WATER AND FUEL LEVELMONITORING SYSTEM

WATER AND FUEL LEVEL INDICATORS■ Available in black or white colours■ 12V/24V DC standard illumination■ Resistance rating:

- 0 Ohm (empty)- 180 Ohm (full)

■ 52 mm (2’’) gauge cut out

FUEL/B - 65836 Z - blackFUEL/W - 65837 B - whiteWATER/B - 65838 D - blackWATER/W - 65839 F - white

S5 FUEL/WATER SENSORS■ Stainless steel■ Flange SAE 5-hole - bolt circle 54 mm (2.1”)■ Resistance rating:

0 Ohm (empty) - 180 Ohm (full) ■ S5 sensors interface all Uflex fuel and water

level indicators

HOLDING TANKLEVEL MONITORING SYSTEMHTG HOLDING TANK LEVEL INDICATORS■ Available in black or white colour ■ 12V/24 Volt DC standard illumination■ Resistance rating:

240 Ohm (empty) – 33 Ohm (full) ■ 52 mm (2’’) gauge cut out

HTG/B - 64683 V - blackHTG/W - 64684 X - white

NOTE: Longerlenghts available onrequest.

S5

MODEL

S5-E150

S5-E175

S5-E200

S5-E225

PART No.

64689 H

64690 S

64691 U

64692 W

S5-E250

S5-E275

S5-E300

S5-E350

64693 Y

64694 A

64695 C

64696 E

S5-E400

S5-E450

S5-E500

S5-E550

64697 G

64698 J

64699 L

64700 S

S5-E600 64701 U

S3H

LENGTH

150 mm (5.9”)

175 mm (6.9”)

200 mm (7.9”)

225 mm (8.9”)

250 mm (9.8”)

275 mm (10.8”)

300 mm (11.8”)

350 mm (13.8”)

400 mm (15.7”)

450 mm (17.7”)

500 mm (19.7”)

550 mm (21.7”)

600 mm (23.6”)

WATER/B WATER/W

FUEL/B FUEL/W

HTG/B HTG/W

Page 48: Uflex - Marineclub

newnew

newnew

47

GPS

/SPE

EDO

MET

ER

GPS SPEEDOWorld’s Latest – Wema GPS Speedo tells you

the truth, regardless of the conditions atsea.

This is pure plug and play

S3H HOLDING TANK SENSORS■ Stainless steel■ HFL - 64719 P Flange 1 1/4” - NPT threads

(to order separately) ■ Resistance rating:

240 Ohm (empty) – 30 Ohm (full)

Wema launches the world’s latest GPS Speedo,the speedometer that precisely shows actualspeed (speed over ground) and actual heading(compass heading over ground).

■ Speed (0-60 knots) shown analogically andcompass heading digitally, both guided byGPS signals.

■ GPS Speedo has a “high-end” 32 channelGPS Receiver suitable for all types of boats(12V)

■ Easy to install, it has a favourable price.■ GPS Speedo is in no way dependant of the

boat main control and monitoring systems.■ Hole diameter: 85 mm (3.37”)

IGPS-BB-60 - 66878 X - black dial and bezel,12V DC, speed 0-60 knots

IGPS-WW-60 - 66879 Z - white dial and bezel,12V DC, speed 0-60 knots

LENGTH MODEL

100 mm (3.9”) S3H-1

205 mm (8.0”) S3H-2

305 mm (12.0) S3H-3

410 mm (16.1”) S3H-4

PART No.

64685 Z

64686 B

64687 D

64688 F

HFL 64719 P

IGPS-BB-60

IGPS-WW-60

24

Page 49: Uflex - Marineclub

48

DIG

ITA

L IN

STRU

MEN

TS

FUEL MANAGERFOR GASOLINE ENGINES

The Fuel Manager System consists of a digital fuelgauge and fuel flow transducer that monitorsand measures fuel as it is being used.The gauge shows not only how much fuel hasbeen used but, more importantly, how much isleft.Other features include a settable “low fuelalarm”, trip log and total fuel consumed log.Fuel flow is measured in litres (2,5 to 160 litresper hour) or gallons (0.5 to 34 gallons per hour).■ 53 mm ( 2.07”) gauge cut out

FUEL MANAGER - 62778 WFuel Manager includes 1 gauge and 1 fuelflow sender.

Fuel Manager is for use on gasolineengines only.

SPARE SENDERS FOR DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS

DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS Digital instruments featuring the most advanced technology in the electronic field. They are supplied complete withsenders. Available in Dress White style only: white dial and bezel.

NOTE: Senders aresupplied with

the instrument.

MODEL SUPPLIED WITH:PART No.

Fuel flow sender Fuel Manager64310 C

Depth sender Depth Sounder64311 E

FUEL MANAGER

DEPTH SOUNDER■ 61 meter Depth Sounder with Keel Offset,

Automatic Gain and Shallow/Deep alarms.Depth Sounder measures in Meters, Feet orFathoms.

■ Out-of-range indication.■ Shallow and deep alarms are both audiable

and visible to operator.■ Quick-Set mode for rapid adjustment or

settings.■ Back illumination for maximum nigh vision.■ Keel-Offset adjustment and indication.■ 53 mm ( 2.07”) gauge cut out

DEPTH SOUNDER - 62777 UDepth Sounder includes 1 gauge. 1 depth senderand 1 installation cable.

DEPTH SOUNDER

Page 50: Uflex - Marineclub

49

FRES

H W

ATER

AN

D B

ILG

E PU

MPS

25

Page 51: Uflex - Marineclub

50

FRES

H W

ATER

PU

MPS

Aqua KingTM Junior 2.0 Aqua KingTM Standard 3.0 Aqua KingTM Premium 4.0

AQUA KING™ FRESH WATER PUMPS

EXTREME™ SERIES SMART SENSOR™ 4.0

■ Run dry capability■ Built-in check valve prevents backflow into the tank ■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked

The Next Generation SHURflo® pumpsguarantee quiet operation andsmooth performance while providingthe ultimate in durability andreliability. These automatic waterpumps are self priming with a three-chamber design to lift water up to 8ft (2,4 m).

The Smart Sensor™ 4.0 is designed specifically for cruisers and midsizeyachts. Delivering 4.0 GPM and pressure up to 50 PSI, this micro-controlbased variable speed pump precisely monitors your system’s waterpressure and adjust the motor speed, eliminating the need for apressure switch.

■ Superior four-chamber design that incorporates large inlet and outletpassages to maximize water flow and efficiency, providing a “JustLike Home” shower.

■ Run dry capability■ Self priming up to 9 ft (2,7 m)■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked

Smart Sensor™ 4.0

PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)

64679 E 210x134x127(8.3x5.3x5)

65342 X 210x134x127(8.3x5.3x5)

VOLT

12V DC

24V DC

FLOW RATE

4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min

4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min

MODEL

Smart Sensor™ 4.0 12V

Smart Sensor™ 4.0 24V

AMPMAX

9,0

5,0

SHUT-OFFPRESSURE

45 PSI - 3.1 Bar

45 PSI - 3.1 Bar

PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)

65338 G 184x127x118(7.3x5.0x4.6)

65339 J 184x127x118(7.3x5.0x4.6)

65340 T 184x127x118(7.3x5.0x4.6)

65341 V

VOLT

12V DC

12V DC

24V DC

12V DC 210x134x127(8.3x5.3x5)

FLOW RATE

2.0 GPM - 7,6 l/min

3.0 GPM - 11,35 l/min

3.0 GPM - 11,35 l/min

4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min

MODEL

Aqua KingTM Junior

Aqua KingTM Standard 12V

Aqua KingTM Standard 24V

Aqua KingTM Premium

DESCRIPTION

up to 2 fixtures

multifixtures

multifixtures

multifixtures

AMPMAX

4,0

5,0

3,0

10,0

SHUT-OFFPRESSURE

30 PSI - 2,0 Bar

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

Page 52: Uflex - Marineclub

51

HighFlow

Strainer FRES

H W

ATER

PU

MPS

EXTREME™ SERIES HIGH FLOW STRAINER

SHURflo® highly recommends the use of the Extreme™ Series High FlowStrainer, engineered to compliment the higher performance of theSmart Sensor™, to keep your Extreme™ Series Pumps flowing strong byprotecting it from debris in the water. Easy installation and even easierto clean.

Extreme™ Series High Flow Strainer - 63735 G

EXTREME™ SERIES SMART SENSOR™ 5.7

The Smart Sensor™ 5.7 is a micro processor control based variable speedpump that delivers over 5 GPM (21,6 l/min) and pressure up to 60 PSI (4,1Bar). SHURflo® Smart Sensor™ 5.7 precisely monitors your system’s waterpressure and adjust the motor speed, thus eliminating the need for apressure switch.

■ Superior five-chamber design that incorporates large inlet andoutlet passages to maximize water flow and efficiency, providinga “Just Like Home” shower

■ O-ring sealed end bells along with the protected electronicpackage make the Smart Sensor™ capable of handling even theharshest marine enviroments

■ Current limiting and over/under voltage protection■ Pressure sensor eliminates cycling and the need for an

accumulator tank■ Run dry capability■ Self priming up to 9 ft (2,7 m)■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor■ Quick-Connect fittings included■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked

Smart Sensor™ 5.7

12,7 cm

13,6 cm

10,1cm

10,1 cm

23,4 cm

12,3cm

Smart Sensor 5.7

12,1 cm

10,2 cm12,7 cm

20,5 cm

7,6 cm 9,1 cm

13,4 cm

9,9cm

Smart Sensor 4.0

PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)

63194 Y 235x127x121(9.3x5.0x5.5)

64335 V 235x127x121(9.3x5.0x5.5)

VOLT

12V DC

24V DC

FLOW RATE

5.0 GPM - 18,9 l/min

5.0 GPM - 18,9 l/min

MODEL

Smart Sensor™ 5.7 12V

Smart Sensor™ 5.7 24V

AMPMAX

12

5

SHUT-OFFPRESSURE

60 PSI - 4,1 Bar

60 PSI - 4,1 Bar

26

Page 53: Uflex - Marineclub

52

WA

SHD

OW

N P

UM

PSWASHDOWN PUMPS

Perfect for tough washdown applications, such as fishbox, scaling and anchor chain cleaning, these ruggedself-priming pumps deliver high lift, can run drywithout damage, and won’t overheat with extendeduse.

■ Run dry capability■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked

Blaster™ ProBlaster™

PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)

65862 A 203x127x118 (7.6x5.0x4.6)

65863 C 203x127x118 (7.6x5.0x4.6)

65864 E 210x136x127 (8.3x5.3x5.0)

65865 G

VOLT

12V DC

24V DC

12V DC

24V DC 210x136x127 (8.3x5.3x5.0)

FLOW RATE

3.5 GPM - 13,2 l/min

3.5 GPM - 13,2 l/min

4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min

4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min

MODEL

Blaster™ 12V

Blaster™ 24V

Problaster™ 12V

Problaster™ 24V

AMPMAX

6

4,5

10

5,5

SHUT-OFFPRESSURE

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

66560 N 203x127x118 (7.6x5.0x4.6)12V DC 2.0 GPM - 7,6 l/minProblaster Junior™ 12V 4 30 PSI - 2 Bar

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

EXTREME™ PROBLASTER™ WASHDOWN PUMPSThe Extreme™ ProBlaster™ delivers over 5 GPM (20 l/min) and pressure upto 45 PSI (3,1 Bar), giving you the ultimate in washdown capabilities. Thishigh volume pump will clean your deck quickly and easily. The corrosionresistant coated seamless motor shell with sealed switch provides excellentprotection against the harsh marine anvironment. The Extreme™ ProBlaster™ is designed for the toughest washdown applications.

■ Superior five-chamber design that incorporates large inlet and outletpassages to maximize water flow and efficiency

■ Current limiting and over/under voltage protection■ Run dry capability■ Self Priming ■ Sealed switch ■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor with o-ring sealed end

bells■ Quick-Connect fittings included■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked Problaster™ Serie Extreme™

PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)

64337 Z 235x127x140 (9.3x5.0x5.5)

64338 B 235x127x140 (9.3x5.0x5.5)

VOLT

12V DC

24V DC

FLOW RATE

5.3 GPM - 20,1 l/min

5.3 GPM - 20,1 l/min

MODEL

Extreme™ Problaster™ 12V

Extreme™ Problaster™ 24V

AMPMAX

12

6

SHUT-OFFPRESSURE

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

Page 54: Uflex - Marineclub

DIMENSIONImm (“)

406x318 (16.0x12.5)

CODICE

64681 R

PORTATA

1.5 GPM - 5,6 l/min

MODELLO

Sistema Cambio Olio

AMPMAX

4,5

RACCORDI

3/8” F NPT

53

SHURflo’s new washdown kit includeseverything you need for toughwashdown applications all in one box.The kit includes the Next GenerationProBlaster™ Pump, Fittings, Blaster™Nozzle, Raw Water Strainer and a 7,6 m(25’) coiled hose.■ CE marked

LIV

EWEL

L A

ND

UTI

LITY

PU

MPS

WASHDOWN KIT

Pro Washdown kit

MACERATOR PUMPS

Designed specifically for sanitation waste and fish box evacuations,SHURflo’s Macerator pump features a premium impeller design.

■ Run dry capability■ Self Priming ■ SHURflo’s unique dual blade and housing construction ensures

problem free pumping ■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected■ CE marked

Macerator

PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)

65303 L 210x136x127 (8.3x5.3x5.0)

VOLT

12V DC

FLOW RATE

4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min

MODEL

Pro Washdown Kit

AMPMAX

10

SHUT-OFFPRESSURE

45 PSI - 3,1 Bar

DIMENSIONSmm (“)

274x97x114(10.8x3.8x4.5)

PART No.

62767 R

VOLT

12V DC

FLOW RATE

13 GPM - 50 l/min

MODEL

Macerator 12V

AMPMAX

14

PORT SIZE

inlet: 1.5” barb / 1,5 NPToutlet: 1” barb

274x97x114(10.8x3.8x4.5)62768 T 24V DC 13 GPM - 50 l/minMacerator 24V 8 inlet: 1.5” barb / 1,5 NPT

outlet: 1” barb

DIMENSIONSmm (“)

406x318 (16.0x12.5)

PART No.

64681 R

FLOW RATE

1.5 GPM - 5,6 l/min

MODEL

Oil Change System

AMPMAX

4,5

PORT SIZE

3/8” F NPT

64681 R

OIL CHANGE, WINTERIZINGAND LIQUID TRANSFER SYSTEMIncorporating SHURflo’s advanced motor technology that includesthermal overload protection, these pumps are self-priming, easy toinstall and are extremely versatile.

■ 13 litres (3,5 gal) storage container – 2,4 m (8’) cable with batteryclips and hose kit included

■ Reversible switch ■ Motor : 12V DC permanent magnet, continuous duty■ Self Priming up to 1,82 m (6’)■ Thermal overload protection■ CE marked

27

Page 55: Uflex - Marineclub

54

SHU

RFLO

PU

MPS

- S

PARE

PA

RTS

PRE-PRESSURIZED ACCUMULATOR TANK

Reduces cycling pulsation and pressure spikes, increases the life of yourpump and even saves battery power. SHURflo® accumulator tank is NSFcertified.

■ Easy handles pressure requirements from 1,4 Bar (20 PSI) to 8,8 Bar(125 PSI)

■ 1/2” male threaded Ports - Uses standard SHURflo® fittings■ Can be mounted in-line■ Nylon housing/Butyl Bladder■ CE marked

Nylon Tank

TOTALVOLUME

24 oz - 0,7 litri

MODEL

Nylon Tank

MAXIMUM PSI - BAR

125 PSI - 8,8 Bar

DIMENSIONSmm (“)

232x121x97(9.1x4.8x3.8)

PRECHARGED

20 PSI - 1,4 Bar

PART No.

65861 Y

PRESSURE REGULATED CITY WATER ENTRIESAn exclusive diaphragm design prevents high-pressure damage oftencaused by city water systems. Leak-tight, stress and crack-resistant,these high-performance water entries limitwater pressure safely to 50 or 65 PSI (3.5 or 4.5Bar) while meeting or surpassing all check valve code requirements

63378 J - Wall mount Pressure regulator - Chrome64717 K- Wall mount Pressure regulator - White65306 T - Hose Adapter fitting 1/2” NPT (F) x 3/4” GSH (M)

63378 J

64717 K65306 T

The pump may be mounted upto 6’ (1.8 m) vertical above thesource. Wiring should beswitched above the source.Wiring should be switched aswell as fused with therecommended size fuse. Inletside of all fresh water pumpsshould include the use of aSHURflo® strainer. Mount the pump in anaccessible area for a strainerinspection. Refer to installationinstruction included forindividual pump recommendedwire and fuse size.

FRESH WATER MULTI-FIXTURE SYSTEMS

Potable WaterTank Pump

Faucet Shower

Strainer

WaterHeater

Page 56: Uflex - Marineclub

55

SHU

RFLO

PU

MPS

- S

PARE

PA

RTS

SPARE PARTS

STRAINERS

FITTINGS

FITTINGSMODEL DESCRIPTIONPART No.

1/2” (13 mm)barb inlet

Swivel nut strainer

Protects pumps from harmfuldebris. High capacity,

rugged nylon housing, slide out easy to clean screen.

66526 N

1/2” (13 mm)barb inlet

In-line checkvalve

Allows flow in one directiononly to safeguard agains back-surge up to 6,8 Bar (1000 PSI)

61125 F

3/4” (19 mm)female

High PressureBlaster Nozzle

High impact plastic for long life.Use with SHURflo® pumps

or garden hose. Adjust to fine mist or full stream.

Lock clip for continuous spray.

61120 A

1/2” (13 mm)female

In-Line Strainer

Protects pumps from harmfuldebris. High capacity,

rugged nylon housing, slide out easy to clean screen.

63185 X

63185 X

61125 F

66526 N

61120 A

MODEL

Straight fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/8”

PART No.

61129 L

Elbow fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/8” 61130 C

Straight fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 1/2” 61127 H

Elbow fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 1/2” barb swivel 61128 K

Straight fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/4” barb swivel 64220 B

Elbow fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/4” barb swivel 64340 M

Straight adaptor 1/2” NPT (m) x 1/2” 61132 E

DESCRIPTION

Valve Kit for Blaster, Junior, Standard, Premium pumps

PART No.

61214 F

Diaphragm kit for Junior pump 61217 I

Diaphragm kit for Standard, pumps 61216 H

Pump head Junior, Standard, Premium, Blaster 63181 N

Diaphragm kit for Premium, Blaster pumps 63180 L

1 Complete headpump 2 Headpump and switch kit 3 Valve kit4 Diaphragm kit

Pump head and switch kit for Standard 12V, 30PSI 62526 S

Pump head and switch kit for Standard,Premium, Blaster 12V/24V, 45PSI

63182 R

Complete head pump for Junior 12V, 20PSI 61721 J

Complete head pump for Standard, 12V/24V, 45 PSI 63183 T

Complete head pump for Junior 12V, 20PSI 61768 M

Pump head and switch kit for Junior 12V, 20 PSI 61413 K

Complete head pump for Premium, Blaster 12V/24V, 45 PSI 63184 V

Impeller for Macerator pump 63432 M

61128 K 61129 L

28

Page 57: Uflex - Marineclub

56

SHU

RFLO

®-

BILG

E PU

MPS

SHURFLO® BILGE PUMPS380/500/700/1000 GPH

Quality bilge pumps you can trust. SHURflo® bilge pumpsare built for the harsh marineenviroment to withstand the toughest conditions.Water cooled motors for extended life.

■ Continuous duty■ Submersible with 6’ (1,8 m) tinned wire assembly■ Tough nylon housing■ Quick-snap swivel baseplate■ Ignition pretected. ISO 8849

Shurflo® 380/500/700/1000 GPH

PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)

66528 T 114x95 (4.5x3.75)

66529 V 114x95 (4.5x3.75)

66530 D 114x95 (4.5x3.75)

VOLT

12V DC

12V DC

12V DC

FLOW RATE

500 GPH - 32 l/min

700 GPH - 42 l/min

1000 GPH - 63 l/min

MODEL

Bilge 500

Bilge 700

Bilge 1000

AMPMAX

1,8

3,2

3,2

OUTLET

3/4” - 19 mm

66527 R 114x95 (4.5x3.75)

Ø BASEmm (“)

60 (2 3/8)

60 (2 3/8)

60 (2 3/8)

60 (2 3/8)12V DC 380 GPH - 24 l/minBilge 380 1,7 3/4” - 19 mm

3/4” - 19 mm

3/4” - 19 mm

1500/2000 GPH

Heavy duty and built to last. SHURflo®’s 1500 and2000 GPH nylon bilge pumps offer a unique motorcooling system (patent pending) to ensure efficientperformance and long life. Installation is a snap withour patented swivel base.

■ Continuous duty■ Submersible with 6’ (1,8 m) tinned wire assembly■ Anti-air lock■ Run dry without damage■ Quick-snap swivel baseplate■ Commercial duty■ Ignition pretected. ISO 8849

PART No. DIMENSIONSmm (“)

66531 F 183x152 (7.2x6)

66532 H 183x152 (7.2x6)

VOLT

12V DC

24V DC

FLOW RATE

1500 GPH - 94,6 l/min

1500 GPH - 94,6 l/min

MODEL

Bilge 1500/12

Bilge 1500/24

AMPMAX

8

-

BARB OUTLET

1 1/8” - 28,5 mm

1 1/8” - 28,5 mm

66533 K 183x152 (7.2x6)

66534 M 183x152 (7.2x6)

12V DC

24V DC

2000 GPH - 126 l/min

2000 GPH - 126 l/min

Bilge 2000/12

Bilge 2000/24

10

-

1 1/8” - 28,5 mm

1 1/8” - 28,5 mm

Shurflo® 1500/2000 GPH

Page 58: Uflex - Marineclub

57

SHU

RFLO

®-

BILG

E PU

MPS

VOLT

12/24V DC

MODEL

SWS

PART No.

Standard float switch

PART No.

66535 P

DIMENSIONSmm (“)

116x53x40(4.6x2.1x1.6)

12/24V DCSWSC Protected cage switch66536 S116x53x40

(4.6x2.1x1.6)

FLOAT SWITCHES

The SHURflo® float switches provide theultimate in reliability for your boat.

Complete line includes a solid state control,standard float switch and protected cageswitch.

Manufactured in corrosion resistant andexplosion proof material. They can be used forany kind of pump and also for water bilge andother alarm systems.

SWSCSWS

RECOMMENDEDMOUNTING:Attach base to hull orstringer using stailesssteel screws. Snappump into base. The baseplate and/orcartridge may be easilyremoved for easycleaning.CAUTION: care must be taken notto drive the screwsthrough the hull. Besure pump is mountedon a flat surface, aslow as possible in thebilge.

Attach 3/4” (19 mm)diameter hose for380, 500, 700 and 1000GPH, or 1 1/8” (29 mm)diameter hose for 1500and 2000 GPH pumps.Use of a smooth borehose will insuremaximum pumpperformance,corrugated hose willsignificantly reducepump performance.

29

Page 59: Uflex - Marineclub

58

SHU

RFLO

- R

ECES

SED

SH

OW

ERS

RECESSED SHOWERS

Practical, versatile and fashionable showers.Simply pull out the sprayer and extend it toany area of your boat for the ultimate inwashdown versatility.

65311 K - Recessed shower white ABS plasticcup with trigger sprayer, stainless steelinstallation hardware and 1.8 m (6’) heavyduty white hose. Deck or wall mount.

65312 M - Recessed cup white ABS plastic cupwith stainless steel installation hardware

65311 K

TRANSOM SHOWER

65313 P

65312 M

Functional, practical and durable showers.Combine the convenience and simplicity of therecessed shower, with the added benefit of ashut-off valve to create an all-in-one packagefor your exterior shower needs.

65313 P - Two handle hot/cold transom shower.White ABS plastic box with trigger sprayer,stainless steel installation hardware and 1.8 m(6’) heavy duty white hose. Vertical or horizontal mount.

Page 60: Uflex - Marineclub

59

SHU

RFLO

- S

PRAY

ERS

AN

D IN

-LIN

E BL

OW

ERS

SHURFLO® YELLOW TAIL™3” AND 4” IN-LINEBILGE BLOWERSShurflo® in-line blowers provide ventilationfor engine compartments, galleys, bilge andheads. Mounting feet allow vertical orhorizontal installation in confined spaces.

■ Wider base-plate and oval screw hole forease of installation

■ Splash-proof motor with rubber boot■ Heavy duty shaft seal■ High volume air flow - low current draw■ Longer barb for ease of duct connection■ CE, ISO 9097 and Ignition Protected

IN-LINE BILGE BLOWERS

SPRAYERS

Durable and stylish: the perfect addition toyour interior or exterior shower.These well-designed sprayers offer numerousconveniences, such as flip-up levers forcontinuous spray operation, on/off triggersand kink-free hoses for exceptional durabilityand ease-of-use.

65307 V - Angled style sprayer - whiteWhite ABS sprayer with polished chrome deckholder, elbow fitting and 1,8 m (6') heavy dutywhite hose.

65308 X - Angled style sprayer - Chrome platedChrome plated ABS sprayer with polishedchrome deck holder, elbow fitting and 1,8 m(6') heavy duty white hose.

65309 Z - Straight style sprayer - whiteWhite ABS sprayer with polished chrome deckholder and 1,8 m (6') heavy duty white hose.

65310 H- Straight style sprayer - Chrome platedChrome plated ABS sprayer with polishedchrome deck holder and 1,8 m (6') heavy dutywhite hose.

65307 V 65309 Z

VOLT

12V DC

12V DC

INT. Ø HOSE

76 mm - 3”

100 mm - 4”

DIMENSIONSmm (“)

130x140x96 (5.1x5.5x3.8)

130x162x122 (5.1x6.4x4.8)

DRAW AMP

3,8

5,5

AIR FLOW

3,3 m3/min

6,0 m3/min

PART No.

64703 Y

64704 A

30

Page 61: Uflex - Marineclub

60

SUBM

ERSI

BLE

BILG

E PU

MPS

360 G.P.H. Pump + Rule-A-Matic Float SwitchFor your convenience, a Submersible 360 GPH pump,clamshell packaged with a high efficient Rule-A-Maticfloat switch.

Mod. 24-35A (12V) - 65387 W

360 G.P.H.360 GPH pump, designed for thesmaller boats, pumps 360 gallon per hour.This pump can be used forLivewell/ Baitwell recirculatingapplication.Mod. 24 (12V) - 60817 I

SUBMERSIBLE BILGE PUMPS

500 G.P.H.500 G.P.H. pump offers many designfeatures while keeping size and costto a minimum. It also can be used asa Livewell/Baitwell pump.Mod. 25D (12V) - 60818 LMod. 26D (24V) - 60819 M

500 G.P.H. AUTOFlow rate: 32l/minAutomatic 500 GPH

Mod. 25S (12V) - 60969 Z

800 G.P.H. The best known of the Rulepumps, 36 different mountingvariations. This pump is equipped with agasoline resistant strainer baseand has a 3/4” discharge.Mod. 20F (12V) - 60891 W

1000 G.P.H. The Rule 1000 is in a class by itselfand is a popular choice among boatbuilders and boat owners. It allowsfor 36 mounting variations and has a1-1/8” discharge outlet. Equippedwith gasoline resistant strainer base.Mod. 20A (12V) - 60889 E

Rule® submersible Bilge Pumps have set the standard forthe industry for decades. They are the first choice of yachtsmen and commercialfishermen throughout the world. More innovations inBilge Pump design have come from Rule industries than any other manufacturer.

1100 G.P.H. The Rule 1100 pump offers manydesign features while keeping costand size to a minimum.It also can be used as aLivewell/Baitwell recirculating pump.

Mod. 27D (12V) - 60820 D

1100 G.P.H. AUTOAutomatic version 1100 GPH.Flow rate 70 l/min.

Mod. 27S (12V) - 60888 D

1500 G.P.H.High pumping capacity andreliability at a lower cost. The Rule 1500 pump continuesto offer more pumping capacityand more exclusive designfeatures than any comparablecompetitive pump.Mod. 02 (12V) - 60821 EMod. 03 (24V) - 60822 F

2000 G.P.H.Engineered to commercialstandards. The Rule 2000 is the largest sellinghigh capacity submersible bilgepump in the world. 1-1/8”discharge outlet.Mod. 10 (12V) - 60890 VMod. 12 (24V) - 60908 M

3700 G.P.H.Heavy duty construction for both commercial and pleasure boatuse.1 1/2” discharge outlet.

Mod. 14A (12V) - 60823 GMod. 16A (24V) - 60824 H

Page 62: Uflex - Marineclub

61

SUBM

ERSI

BLE

BILG

E PU

MPS

SWITCHES

FULLY AUTOMATED BILGE PUMP

• Non-mercury float switch and pump in a single housing• No on/off cycling and therefore no power use until the pump comes on• Removable strainer, impeller area accessible to clear debris• All three pumps have the same size (500 GPH - 750 GPH - 1100 GPH)Mod. RM500 (12V) - 61479 EMod. RM750 (12V) - 61480 NMod. RM1100 (12V) - 61481 R

500-750-1100 GPH

Panel SwitchThis unit features a blackplastic panel. It has a built-in fuse holder and aninternally lighted rockerswitch with 3 positions(automatic, off, or manual)with the Rule “fail-safe”spring return to “off” fromthe “manual” position.Mod. 43 - 61174 O

Mounting Bracket

Mounting bracket forround pumps 360, 500,800 and 1100 Series. Itallows side-mounting ofpump to verticalsurfaces.

Mod. 66 - 60827 K

Shower DrainSystem A compact, full capacity shower drain system. Automaticallyturns on after the water starts, and shuts off when thewater is removed. Activated by a Rule-A-Matic float switch.Available with an 800G.P.H. pump, with threeinlet ports which offervarying combinations ofinlet hose. Otherfeatures include a clearscrew down cover,removable strainer foreasy cleaning, and aninternal check valve toprevent back siphoning.Mod. 98A (12V) -65388 YMod. 98A/24 (24V) - 65389 A

Wema® Switch

The switch turns thepump on and offautomatically and istypically placed in thebilge.

SW12V 12V DC - 65840 PSW24V 24V DC - 66034 R

Rule - A- Matic®SwitchTM

Completely sealed metalcapsule, the Rule-A-Matic is the switch ofchoice of most selectiveyachtsmen and boatbuilders the world over.

Mod. 35 A 12V DC -66127 Y

31

Page 63: Uflex - Marineclub

62

AU

TOM

ATIC

MA

RIN

E PU

MPS

FLOWPOMP®

AUTOMATIC MARINE PUMPS

■ Self priming automatic clear water pumps withfittings and quick-connect water strainerincluded

■ Rugged and very quiet, they can run dry withoutdamage

■ Four built-in valves ensure a low vibration leveland a continuous water flow with no cycling

■ CE marked

PART NO. DIMENSIONSMM (“)

65663 U 210x100x100 (8.3x3.9x3.9)

65664 W 210x100x100 (8.3x3.9x3.9)

65665 Y 250x100x100 (9.8x3.9x3.9)

65666 A

VOLT

12V DC

12V DC

12V DC

24V DC 250x100x100 (9.8x3.9x3.9)

FIXTURES

multifixtures

multifixtures

multifixtures

multifixtures

MODEL

FL 30

FL 35

FL 40

FL 44

AMPMAX

2,2

3,9

6,0

2,5

SHUT-OFFPRESSURE

17 PSI - 1,17 Bar

65662 S 160x100x61 (6.3x3.9x2.4)12V DC Up to 2 fixturesFL 2202 2,5 35 PSI - 2,4 Bar

35 PSI - 2,4 Bar

40 PSI - 2,75 Bar

40 PSI - 2,75 Bar

FL30 (12V) - 65663 U

Flow rate: 2,6 GPM (10,0 l/min)

FL35 (12V) - 65664 W

Flow rate: 3,3 GPM (12,5 l/min)

FL44 (24V) - 65666 A

Flow rate: 4,5 GPM (17,0 l/min)

FL40 (12V) - 65665 Y

Flow rate: 4,5 GPM (17,0 l/min)

FL2202 (12V) - 65662 S

Flow rate: 1,0 GPM (3,8 l/min)

Page 64: Uflex - Marineclub

63

OIL

CH

AN

GE

SYST

EMS

32

Page 65: Uflex - Marineclub

64

OIL

CH

AN

GE

SYST

EMS

OP-6 IMPELLER PUMP The Reverso® OP-6 is a useful transfer pumpsuitable for oil, diesel or water. The OP-6 cantransfer hot or cold oil quickly and cleanly toand from the engine oil pan. The threeposition switch has a safety lock that preventsaccidental activation.The switch is directionally oriented (flow is indirection of switch) for easy operation. MeetsISO 8846 standards.

OP-700 MANIFOLD OIL CHANGE SYSTEMSThe OP-700 oil change systems feature a fullyreversible OP-6 pump and are available on 2,3, 4, 5, 6 valve options. They are mounted ona base to obtain a permanent installation:connecting these assemblies on equipmentsthat need regular oil change they simplify theoperation and reduce time and chances of oilspills.

OP-SERIES FEATURES■ Reversible (they draw and fill engines)■ Powerful DC high torque motor ■ Self priming■ Nickel plated brass pump body■ Impeller: Nitrile (oil) – Fluoroelastomer

(diesel fuel)■ Built in switch, switch guard and fuse ■ Easily changed impeller ■ CE certified

OIL CHANGE IMPELLER PUMPSOP-SERIES

OP-6

OP-704

OP-706

OP-700 Dimensions

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OP-6 OP-700

Pump port: est. M 3/4”- int. F 3/8” NPT 1/2” flare

Manifold ports: - 1/2” F NPT

Flow rate: 11,4 l/min (3.0 GPM) 7,8 l/min (2.0 GPM)

Self priming: 0,9 m (3 ft) 0,9 m (3 ft)

Lift: 3,0 m (10 ft) 3,0 m (10 ft)

Working pressure: from 0 to 1 bar (15 PSI) from 0 to 1 bar (15 PSI)

Motor: 12V DC or 24V DC 12V DC or 24V DC

Amp: 12 Amp (12V) – 6 Amp (24V) 12 Amp (12V) – 6 Amp (24V)

Dimensions W x H: 24,4 x 9,1 cm (9.6” x 3.6”)

Weight: 2,7 kg (6 lbs)

OP-702 2 valve

MODEL No. VALVES WEIGHTkg (lbs)

24,4 (9.6) 22,4 cm (8.8) 4,5 (10)

OP-703 3 valve 26,9 (10.6) 22,4 cm (8.8) 5,0 (11)

OP-704 4 valve 29,5 (11.6) 22,4 cm (8.8) 5,5 (12)

OP-705 5 valve 36,2 (14.3) 22,4 cm (8.8) 5,9 (13)

OP-706 6 valve 41,2 (16.3) 22,4 cm (8.8) 6,8 (15)

DIMENSIONSA cm (“) B cm (“)

Page 66: Uflex - Marineclub

65

OIL

CH

AN

GE

SYST

EMS

OIL CHANGE OR TRANSFER DIESEL FUEL GEAR PUMPS GP-SERIES

GP-301

GP-301 AC

GP-602, GP-602 AC PUMPSGear pumps able to move lowviscosity fluids, NOT designedfor heavy oil. The durable GP-602 pump combines a small sizewith a high flow capacity.

GP-602 AC

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GP-201 GP-301 GP-302 GP-301 AC

Ports: M 3/8’’ NPT M 3/8’’ NPT M 3/8’’ NPT M 3/8’’ NPT

Max work press: 1,7 bar (25 PSI) 1,7 bar (25 PSI) 2,8 bar (40 PSI)

Flow rate: 5,6-11,4 l/min (1.5-3 GPM) 9.5-13,3 l/min (2.5-3.5 GPM) 9.5-13,3 l/min (2.5-3.5 GPM) 13.6 l/min (3.6 GPM)

Self priming (wet gears): 0.5 m (1.5 ft) 1.5 m (5 ft) 1.5 m (5 ft) 1.5 m (5 ft)

Lift: 1,5 m (5 ft) 3 m (10 ft) 9,1 m (30 ft) 30,4 m (100 ft water)

Pump body: brass brass brass brass

Gears: bronze bronze bronze bronze

Motor: 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC AC self ventilated

Fuse/Breaker: 10 Amp (12V)-5 Amp (24V) 10,5 Amp (12V)-6,8 Amp (24V) 15 Amp (12V)-7,5 Amp (24V) 5 Amp (220V)

Dimensions W x H cm (“): 12,8x7,4 (5x2.9) 13,7x7,6 (5.4x3) 14,7x9,6 (5.8x3.8) 26,4x16,3 (10.4x6.4)

Weight: 0,9 kg (2 lbs) 2,7 kg (6 lbs) 3,2 kg (7 lbs) 4,5 kg (10 lbs)

GP-201, GP-301, GP-302, GP-301 AC PUMPS Compact, powerful, self-priming DC gearpumps. The bronze gears and stainless steelshaft enable the pumps to move a variety ofviscous and non-viscous fluids. They aredurable and fit easily in the tightest spaces.They are available in both 12 and 24 Volt DC.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GP-602 GP-602 AC

Ports: M 1/2” NPT M 1/2” NPT

Flow rate: 22,7 l/min (6 GPM) 32,2 l/min (8,5 GPM)

Self priming (wet gears): 1,5 m (5 ft) 6 m (20 ft)

Lift: 18,2 m (60 ft water) 36,5 m (120 ft water)

Pump body: brass brass

Gears: bronze bronze

Motor: 12V or 24V DC AC self ventilated

Fuse/Breaker: 15 Amp (12V) - 10 Amp (24V) 5 Amp (220V)

Dimensions W x H cm (“): 17,8x10,1(7x4) 32x19,3 (12.6x7.6)

Weight: 3,6 kg (8 lbs) 6,4 kg (14 lbs)

GP-602

GP-302

GP-201

33

Page 67: Uflex - Marineclub

66

OIL

CH

AN

GE

SYST

EMS

GP-3010, GP-3020 , GP-700 MANIFOLD OILCHANGE SYSTEMSThe gear pump manifold oil change systemsservice multiple engines, transmissions andgenerators. Compact, reversible (they drawand fill engines) and self-priming, theysimplify oil changes and reduce chances of oilspills. Valve options from 3 to 7.

APPLICATIONS

■ Single engines up to 450 hp : OP-6, GP-301■ Multiple engines up to 450 hp : GP-3010■ Single engines from 300 to 800 hp : GP-302■ Multiple engines from 300 to 800 hp : GP-3020, GP-700■ Multiple engines from 600 to 2000 hp : GP-700

MULTI-VALVE MANIFOLDSThese manifolds allow multiple hoses to be connected to one pump. The assemblies can be mounted in any direction.Mounting holes are pre-drilled for easy installation.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

■ Manifold ports: 1/2” F NPT■ Valves: Nickel chromed full flow ball valve■ Max working press: 9 bar (150 PSI) ■ Mounting holes: 3/16”

OIL CHANGE OR TRANSFER DIESEL FUEL GEAR PUMPS GP-SERIES

GP-3025

GP-705

PART. No. MULTI-VALVE MANIFOLD

61477A VA-2 2 valve assembly

61572U VA-3 3 valve assembly

64741G VA-4 4 valve assembly

62976A VA-5 5 valve assembly

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GP-3010 GP-3020 GP-700

Pump port: 1/2” flare 1/2” flare 1/2” flare

Manifold ports: 1/2” F NPT 1/2” F NPT 1/2” F NPT

Flow rate: 9,5 l/min (2.5 GPM) 11,4 l/min (3 GPM) 11,4 l/min (3 GPM)

Self priming (wet gears): 1,5 m (5 ft) 1,5 m (5 ft) 1,5 m (5 ft)

Lift: 3 m (10 ft ) 7,6 m (25 ft ) 9,1 m (30 ft )

Motor: 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC

Fuse/Breaker: 8,8 A (12V) - 5,3 A (24V) 9,8 A (12V) - 4 A (24V) 15 A (12V) - 7,5A (24V)

GP-3010 Dimensions GP-700 Dimensions

No. VALVES MODEL A X B cm (“) MODEL A X B cm (“) MODEL A X B cm (“)

2 valve GP-3012 26x22 (10.2x8.6) - -

3 valve GP-3013 26x22 (10.2x8.6) GP-3023 29x11,5 (11.5x4.5) GP-703 37x12 (14.5x4.7)

4 valve GP-3014 30x22 (11.8x8.6) GP-3024 36x11,5 (14.2x4.5) GP-704 37x12 (14.5x4.7)

5 valve GP-3015 37x22 (14.5x8.6) GP-3025 36x11,5 (14.2x4.5) GP-705 37x12 (14.5x4.7)

6 valve GP-3016 42x22 (16.5x8.6) - GP-706 42x12 (16.5x4.7)

7 valve - - GP-707 42x12 (16.5x4.7)

DIMENSIONS A x B cm (“)

Page 68: Uflex - Marineclub

67

OIL

CH

AN

GE

SYST

EMS

OP-700 PORTABLE OIL CHANGERThe OP-700 oil change system, featuring a full reversibile pump,connects directly to the dipstick tube. Portable or permanent, thissystem includes a poly-mounting board with handy carry handle,stainless steel cover plate, a safety switch lock and 6’ of marine gradewire. Ideal for gas applications, the heavy duty motor pumps hot orcold oil.

GP-301P PORTABLE OIL CHANGERThis system is designed to remove the oil from 4 cycle outboardengines quickly and with no mess.Simply hang the unit on the engine cawling, insert the nylon hoseinto the dipstick tube and attach the wire to a 12V power source. Oil isdrained into a container and can be removed from the boat for properdisposal.

FEATURES

■ Powerful reversible pumps specially designed to be used with oils.■ Self priming■ Compact size■ Exceptional high flow rate■ Built-in switch and circuit breaker ■ OP-700 impeller: Nitrile (oil) – Fluoroelastomer (diesel fuel)■ GP-301P: brass pump body, bronze gears and stainless steel shaft■ CE certified

PORTABLE PUMP SYSTEMS

OP-700

GP-301 P

PART No. MODEL DESCRIPTION

61636 U 360010 Oil transfer impeller (Nitrile)

61637 W 360014 Diesel fuel transfer impeller

61638 Y 360120 OP-6 Seal

61639 A SRK-360 Kit 1 impeller and seal - oil

61640 J 97360-2 Kit 2 impellers and seals - oil

61641 L SRK-370 Kit 1 impeller and seal – diesel fuel /oil

61642 N 97370-2 Kit 2 impellers and seals - diesel fuel /oil

61643 R 36003 3 way switch (on-off-on)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OP-700 GP-301P

Ports: est. M 3/4”- int. F 3/8” NPT 3/8” M JIC

Flow rate: 11,4 l/min (3.0 GPM) 11,4 l/min (3.0 GPM)

Self priming: 0,9 m (3 ft) 1,5 m (5 ft)

Lift: 3,0 m (10 ft) 4,5 m (15 ft)

Working press: from 0 to 1 bar (15PSI) -

Motor: 12V DC or 24V DC 12V DC or 24V DC

Amp: 7Amp (12V) – 3 Amp (24V) 8,8 Amp (12V) – 5,3 Amp (24V)

Weight: 3,6 kg (8 lbs) 2,7 kg (6 lbs)

SPARE PARTS

34

Page 69: Uflex - Marineclub

68

FUEL

PRI

MIN

G A

ND

PO

LISH

ING

SY

STEM

S

FP-301 FUEL PRIMING SYSTEMThe Reverso® Fuel Primer pumps fuel into the fuel lines, purgingtrapped air in the main feeding line and from primary filters,secondary filters and engines. To protect delicate fuel systems, allprimers have integral pressure relief valves which are factory set todeliver the proper fuel pressure for each engine.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ■ Ports: 1” NPT ■ Valve : 1” NPT full flow■ Amp: 10A (12V) – 5A (24V)■ Size: 25x29x11 cm (10”x11.4”x4.4”)

FUEL PRIMING AND POLISHING SYSTEMS

FP-301

FPS FUEL POLISHING SYSTEMSFPS Systems have been designed for fuel polishing directly in the tanksremoving 99% of water and particulates.They eliminate the build-up of algae and water in the tanks reducingthe costs of filter maintenance.FPS Systems include control panel and service filter alarm.

FPS-150

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FPS-80 FPS-150 FPS-210 AC

Inlet and Outlet ports: 1/2” # 8 JIC M 1/2” # 8 JIC M 1/2” # 8 JIC M

Flow rate: 300 l/h (80 GPH) 570 l/h (150 GPH) 795 l/h (210 GPH)

Self priming (system primed): - 1.5 m (5 ft) 1.5 m (5 ft)

Max lift: 1,2 m vertical (4 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft ) 9,1 m (30 ft )

Motor: 12V or 24V DC 12V or 24V DC AC perm. magnets

Amp: 3 A (12V) – 1,5 A (24V) 10 A (12V) – 5 A (24V) 1,4 (220V)

Dimensions W x H cm (“): 47x39 (18.5x15.5) 47x39 (18.5x15.5) 59x50 (23.2x20)

Weight: 9,5 kg (21 lbs) 11,3 kg (25 lbs) 27,2 kg (60 lbs)

All REVERSO products have a 5 year warranty and are CE certified.

Page 70: Uflex - Marineclub

®®®®

669

MA

RIN

E PU

MPS

AN

D B

LOW

ERS

35

Page 71: Uflex - Marineclub

70

ELEC

TRIC

PU

MPS

BRONZE SELF-PRIMING - ELECTRIC PUMPS

U040 U030 U025 U020

Self-priming side liquid ring electric pumps used to empty bilges and transfer uninflammable liquids such as: freshwater, sea water, fuel diesel and generallyall low viscosity and free of solid impurities liquids.

Standard featuresBronze pump body, bronze impeller, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proofclamping rings, continuous duty electric motorwith F insulation class, IP55 protection.On request BSP thread pumps also available.Delivery diagram: page 81.

Application limits Uninflammable liquids free of solid impurities.Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C.Static pressure internal to the pump body: 6bar max.

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY

12V DC 26 AU020

24V DC 14 A4 m (13.1’) 10 m (32.8’) 28 l/min

12V DC 38 AU025

24V DC 22 A6 m (19.7’) 12 m (39.4’) 52 l/min

12V DC 44 AU030

24V DC 28 A6 m (19.7’) 18 m (59.0’) 75 l/min

U040 24 V DC 45 A 6 m (19.7’) 22 m (72.2’) 120 l/min

U050-MT 230V AC/380V AC - 6 m (19.7’) 30 m (98.4’) 250 l/min

U070-T 380V AC - 6 m (19.7’) 40 m (131.2’) 500 l/min

MODEL Ø IN mm (“) Ø OUT mm (“) A mm (“) B mm (“) C mm (“) WEIGHT kg (lbs)

U020 20 (0.8) 20 (0.8) 310 (12.2) 165 (6.5) 145 (5.7) 5.7 (12.5)

U025 25 (1) 25 (1) 345 (13.6) 180 (7.1) 178 (7) 9.6 (21.2)

U030 30 (1.2) 30 (1.2) 405 (15.9) 205 (8) 215 (8.5) 13.5 (29.7)

U040 40 (1.6) 40 (1.6) 520 (20.5) 218 (8.6) 230 (9) 21.0 (46.3)

U050 50 (1.9) 50 (1.9) 435 (17.1) 247 (9.7) 245 (9.6) 27.2 (59.5)

U070 70 (2.4) 70 (2.4) 680 (26.8) 260 (10.2) 360 (14.2) 75 (165.3)

Page 72: Uflex - Marineclub

71

ELEC

TRIC

PU

MPS

USBM-midex

USBM-midex SELF-PRIMING ELECTRIC PUMP

Rotary self-priming volumetric electric pumpsused on boats to empty waste tanks, toiletsewage and particularly viscous oily fluids orliquids with small debries in suspension.

Standard featuresAISI 316 stainless steel body pump, neopreneimpeller, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft,corrosion-proof clamping rings, continuousduty electric motor with F insulation class,IP20 protection.Delivery diagram: page 81.

Application limits Never let the USBM-Midex pump run whenempty. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C.Static pressure internal to the pump body: 6bar max.For use as oil and/or fuel transfer pump it isnecessary nitrile impeller (available onrequest).

Spare impellers:■ Neoprene impeller - 66538 W■ Nitrile impeller

(for only transfer) - 66539 Y

MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY

USBM - midex 24V DC 30 A 6 m (19.7’) 27 m (88.6’) 64 l/min

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A mm (“) B mm (“) C mm (“) WEIGHT kg (lbs)

USBM-midex 1” 1/4 BSP-F 1” 1/4 BSP-F 350 (13.8) 215 (8.5) 159 (6.3) 15 (33)

36

Page 73: Uflex - Marineclub

72

ELEC

TRIC

PU

MPS

UCE 03

CENTRIFUGAL ELECTRIC PUMPS - UCE SERIES

Single impeller centrifugal electric pumps usedto transfer and/or supply large quantity ofliquid. They are used to transferuninflammable liquids such as diesel fuel or todeliver fresh water to those equipments thatrequire a high water flow rate (eg. airconditioning units).

Standard featuresAluminum pump body, noryl impeller, AISI 420stainless steel shaft, cast iron support , woundfield electric motor. F insulation class. IP 20protection.Delivery diagram: page 81.

Application limitsSolid impurities free liquid, liquid temperaturerange from 0 to + 50 C°, max static internalpressure of the pump body: 6 bar.

MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAX AMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY

UCE 03-12 12V DC 38 A 4 m (13.1’) 20 m (65.6’) 65 l/min

UCE 03-24 24V DC 28 A 4 m (13.1’) 28 m (91.8’) 70 l/min

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A mm (“) B mm (“) C mm (“) WEIGHT kg (lbs)

UCE 03-12/24 1” 1” 260 (10.2) 125 (4.9) 140 (5.5) 6 (13.2)

Page 74: Uflex - Marineclub

73

ELEC

TRIC

PU

MPS

BRONZE SELF-PRIMING ELECTRIC PUMPS - UABR SERIES

Multi-stage bronze self-priming electric pumpfitted with radial impellers. These pumps arewidely used to empty bilges, to attend fireequipments, to wash chains, to transfer fueldiesel etc.

Standard featuresBronze pump body, bronze impellers, AISI 316stainless steel shaft, continuous duty electricmotor with F insulation class, IP20 protection.

Application limits Solid impurities free liquid, liquid temperaturerange from 0 to + 90 C°, max static internalpressure of the pump body: 20 bar.

UABR

MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAX AMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY

UABR 32/1 24V DC 52 A 9 m (29.5’) 28 m (91.8’) 160 l/min

UABR 32/2 24V DC 90 A 9 m (29.5’) 52 m (170.6’) 160 l/min

UABR 40/1 24V DC 90 A 9 m (29.5’) 40 m (131.2’) 250 l/min

UABR 32/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 9 m (29.5’) 50 m (164’) 150 l/min

UABR 40/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 9 m (29.5’) 75 m (246’) 220 l/min

UABR 50/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 9 m (29.5’) 82 m (269’) 400 l/min

UABR 65/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 9 m (29.5’) 85 m (278.8’) 600 l/min

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL Ø IN mm (“) Ø OUT mm (“) A mm (“) B mm (“) C mm (“) WEIGHT kg (lbs)

UABR 32/1 100 (3.9) 140 (5.5) 690 (27.2) 135 (5.3) 247 (9.7) 56 (123.4)

UABR 32/2 100 (3.9) 140 (5.5) 730 (28.7) 135 (5.3) 247 (9.7) 60 (132.3)

UABR 40/1 110 (4.3) 150 (5.9) 785 (30.9) 155 (6.1) 272 (10.7) 70 (154.3)

UABR 32/2-M/T 100 (3.9) 140 (5.5) 720 (28.3) 135 (5.3) 247 (9.7) 44 (97.0)

UABR 40/2-M/T 110 (4.3) 150 (5.9) 840 (33.1) 155 (6.1) 272 (10.7) 75 (165.3)

UABR 50/2-M/T 125 (4.9) 165 (6.5) 1100 (43.3) 170 (6.7) 325 (12.8) 132 (291.0)

UABR 65/2-M/T 145 (5.7) 185 (7.3) 1225 (48.2) 195 (7.6) 360 (14.2) 202 (445.3)

37

Page 75: Uflex - Marineclub

74

ELEC

TRIC

PU

MPS

AN

D P

RESS

URE

BO

OST

ER S

ETS

UJ-INOX

SELF-PRIMING STAINLESS STEEL ELECTRIC PUMPSAND PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS – UJ SERIES

UJ SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPSSelf-priming centrifugal electric pumps, Jet type, with high suctioncapacity. These electric pumps are used to deliver pressurized water toon-board appliances (showers, toilets, washbasins etc.).

Standard featuresAISI 304 stainless steel pump body, noryl diffuser and venture tube,AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof clamping rings,continuous duty electric motor with F insulation class.Delivery diagram: page 81.

Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities, liquid temperature range: from 0° C to50° C, static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.

UJ-INOX 20X

PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS - UJ SERIES UJ-INOX pressure booster sets are equipped with UJ electric pumps andwith a stainless steel cylindrical tank (X) with inside butyl rubberdiaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used for constant waterpressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens, showers,washbasins etc.

Standard featuresManual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve, 5 ways brass pipe fitting.

MODEL SWITCH TANK MAX MAX TANKPRE-SET PRESSURE DELIVERY PRESSURE CAPACITY

UJ-INOX 12/8X 1.4-2.0 bar 1.2 bar 40 l/min 3.0 bar 8 l

UJ-INOX 12/20X 1.4-2.0 bar 1.2 bar 40 l/min 3.0 bar 20 l

UJ-INOX 24/8X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 40 l/min 4.0 bar 8 l

UJ-INOX 24/20X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 40 l/min 4.0 bar 20 l

UJ-INOX M/20X 1.4-3.5 bar 1.2 bar 50 l/min 4.8 bar 20 l

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A B C WEIGHTmm (“) mm (“) mm (“) kg (lbs)

UJ-INOX 12/24-8X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 450 (17.3) 225 (8.8) 430 (16.9) 13 (28.6)

UJ-INOX 12/24-20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 440 (17.3) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 15 (33.0)

UJ-INOX M-20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 440 (17.3) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 13.5 (29.7)

MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY

UJ-INOX 12 12V DC 42 A 9 m (29.5’) 30 m (118.8’) 50 l/min

UJ-INOX 24 24V DC 28 A 9 m (29.5’) 40 m (157.5’) 50 l/min

UJ-INOX M 220V AC 3 A 9 m (29.5’) 48 m (188.9’) 50 l/min

Page 76: Uflex - Marineclub

75

UMG-INOX 20X

UMG SERIES - PRESSURE BOOSTER SETSUMG-INOX pressure booster sets are equipped with a UMG serieselectric pump and with a stainless steel cylindrical tank (X) with insidebutyl rubber diaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used forconstant water pressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens,showers, washbasins etc.

Standard featuresManual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve, 5 ways brass pipe fitting.

ELEC

TRIC

PU

MPS

AN

D P

RESS

URE

BO

OST

ER S

ETS

UMG-INOX

SELF-PRIMING BRONZE ELECTRIC PUMPSAND PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS - UMG SERIES

UMG SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPSSelf-priming electric pumps featuring 4 impellers that allow for ahigher pressure and flow rate then the UJ-Inox pumps.

Standard featuresAISI 304 stainless steel pump body, noryl diffuser and Venturi tube, AISI316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof clamping rings, continuousduty electric motor with F insulation class. Delivery diagram: page 81

Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to50° C.Static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.

MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY

UMG-INOX 24 24V DC 28 A 9 m (29.5’) 50 m (164.0’) 90 l/min

UMG-INOX M 220V AC 3 A 9 m (29.5’) 50 m (164.0’) 90 l/min

MODEL SWITCH TANK MAX MAX TANKPRE-SET PRESSURE DELIVERY PRESSURE CAPACITY

UMG-INOX 24/20X 1.4 – 3.5 bar 1.2 bar 90 l/min 5 bar 20 l

UMG-INOX M/20X 1.4 – 3.5 bar 1.2 bar 90 l/min 5 bar 20 l

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A B C WEIGHTmm (“) mm (“) mm (“) kg (lbs)

UMG-INOX 24-20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 570 (22.4) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 20 (44.0)

UMG-INOX M-20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 570 (22.4) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 16.5 (36.4)

38

Page 77: Uflex - Marineclub

76

ELEC

TRIC

PU

MPS

AN

D P

RESS

URE

BO

OST

ER S

ETS

UJBR

SELF-PRIMING BRONZE ELECTRIC PUMPSAND PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS - UJBR SERIES

UJBR SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPSSelf-priming electric pumps, Jet type, with closed impeller, featuring a highsuction capacity. These electric pumps are used for rising both fresh and seawater and to deliver pressurized water to on-board appliances (showers,toilets, washbasins etc), to air-conditioning units, anti-fire equipment. Used forwashing of decks and chains.

Standard featuresBronze pump body, polycarbonate diffuser and Venturi tube, AISI 316 stainlesssteel shaft, special brass alloy impeller, corrosion-proof clamping rings,continuous duty electric motor with F insulation class.Delivery diagram: page 81.

Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C.Static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.

MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY

UJBR 12 12V DC 42 A 8 m (26.2’) 30 m (98.4’) 44 l/min

UJBR 24 24V DC 28 A 9 m (29.5’) 36 m (118.1’) 55 l/min

UJBR M 220V AC 3 A 9 m (29.5’) 52 m (170.6’) 55 l/min

UJBR 20X

UJBR SERIES - PRESSURE BOOSTER SETSUJBR pressure booster sets are equipped with a UJBR electric pumpand with a stainless steel cylindrical tank (X) with inside butyl rubberdiaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used for constant waterpressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens, showers,washbasins etc.

Standard featuresManual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve, 5 ways brass pipe fitting.

MODEL SWITCH TANK MAX MAX TANKPRE-SET PRESSURE DELIVERY PRESSURE CAPACITY

UJBR 12/8X 1.4-2.0 bar 1.2 bar 44 l/min 3.0 bar 8 l

UJBR 12/20X 1.4-2.0 bar 1.2 bar 44 l/min 3.0 bar 20 l

UJBR 24/8X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 55 l/min 3.6 bar 8 l

UJBR 24/20X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 55 l/min 3.6 bar 20 l

UJBR M/20X 1.4-3.5 bar 1.2 bar 55 l/min 5.2 bar 20 l

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A B C WEIGHTmm (“) mm (“) mm (“) kg (lbs)

UJBR 12/8X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 455 (17.9) 220 (8.7) 420 (16.5) 26 (57.3)

UJBR 12/20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 480 (18.9) 260 (10.2) 590 (23.2) 28 (61.7)

UJBR 24/8X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 455 (17.9) 220 (8.7) 420 (16.5) 26 (57.3)

UJBR 24/20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 480 (18.9) 260 (10.2) 590 (23.2) 28 (61.7)

UJBR M/20X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 480 (18.9) 260 (10.2) 590 (23.2) 26 (57.3)

Page 78: Uflex - Marineclub

77

ELEC

TRIC

PU

MPS

AN

D P

RESS

URE

BO

OST

ER S

ETS

UPB

PERIPHERAL BRONZE ELECTRIC PUMPSAND PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS - UPB SERIES

UPB SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPSCompact single-impeller peripheral electric pumps apt to develop highpressures compared to limited flow rate. These electric pumps are usedfor rising both fresh and fresh sea water and to deliver pressurizedwater to on-board appliances (showers, toilets, washbasins etc.), to air-conditioning units, anti-fire equipment.Used for washing of decks and chains.

Standard featuresBronze body pump, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, special BRASS alloyimpeller, corrosion-proof clamping rings, continuous duty electricmotor with F insulation class. Delivery diagram: page 81

Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to70° C. Static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.

MODEL VOLT MAX MAX MAX MAXAMP INLET HEAD DELIVERY

UPB 12 12V DC 36 A 6 m (19.7’) 40 m (131.2’) 35 l/min

UPB 24 24V AC 22 A 6 m (19.7’) 42 m (137.8’) 36 l/min

MODEL SWITCH TANK MAX MAX TANKPRE-SET PRESSURE DELIVERY PRESSURE CAPACITY

UPB-12/2X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 35 l/min 4 bar 2 l

UPB-12/8X-L 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 35 l/min 4 bar 8 l

UPB-24/2X 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 36 l/min 4.2 bar 2 l

UPB-24/8X-L 1.4-2.8 bar 1.2 bar 36 l/min 4.2 bar 8 l

UPB 2X

UPB SERIES - PRESSURE BOOSTER SETSUPB pressure booster sets are equipped with a UPB electric pump andwith a stainless steel or iron (L) cylindrical tank (X) with inside butylrubber diaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used for constantwater pressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens, showers,washbasins etc.

Standard featuresManual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve, 5 ways brass pipe fitting.

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL Ø IN Ø OUT A B C WEIGHTmm (“) mm (“) mm (“) kg (lbs)

UPB-12/2X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 295 (11.6) 205 (8.1) 295 (11.6) 9 (19.8)

UPB-12/8X-L 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 420 (16.5) 225 (8.8) 330 (13.0) 10 (22.0)

UPB-24/2X 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 295 (11.6) 205 (8.1) 295 (11.6) 9 (19.8)

UPB-24/8X-L 1” BSP-F 1” BSP-F 420 (16.5) 225 (8.8) 330 (13.0) 10 (22.0)

39

Page 79: Uflex - Marineclub

78

ELEC

TRIC

PU

MPS

IN S

ERIE

S

UGA 1/J

ELECTRIC PUMPS IN SERIESUJ-INOX, UMG-INOX and UJBR pumps can be connected in series. Withthis peculiar application a double flow rate can be obtained and thesystem can face an emergency stop of one of the pumps duringnavigation.Connecting one 12V (or 24 VDC) pump to a 230 VAC pump, the powerabsorption is reduced for a longer battery life.

MODEL PUMP 1 PUMP 2 MOTOR POWER CURRENT MAX MAXKw A DELIVERY PRESSURE

UGA1/J UJ-INOX 24 UJ-INOX 24 DC+DC 0,6+0,6 28+28 50+50 l/min. 4 bar

UGA2/J UJ-INOX M UJ-INOX M AC+AC 0,6+0,6 / 50+50 l/min. 4 bar

UGA3/J UJ-INOX 24 UJ-INOX M DC+AC 0,6+0,6 28+/ 50+50 l/min. 4 bar

UGA1/MG UMG-INOX 24 UMG-INOX 24 DC+DC 0,75+0,75 40+40 90+90 l/min. 5 bar

UGA2/MG UMG-INOX M UMG-INOX M AC+AC 0,75+0,75 / 90+90 l/min. 5 bar

UGA3/MG UMG-INOX 24 UMG-INOX M DC+AC 0,75+0,75 40+/ 90+90 l/min. 5 bar

UGA1/JBR UJBR 24 UJBR 24 DC+DC 0,6+0,6 28+28 55+55 l/min. 3,6 bar

UGA2/JBR UJBR M UJBR M AC+AC 0,6+0,6 / 55+55 l/min. 5 bar

UGA3/JBR UJBR 24 UJBR M DC+AC 0,6+0,6 28+/ 55+55 l/min. 5 bar

ELECTRIC PUMPS IN SERIES

Page 80: Uflex - Marineclub

79

PRES

SURE

BOO

STER

SET

S W

ITH

ELEC

TRON

IC C

ONTR

OL S

YSTE

MUPB/EPC

UJ-INOX/EPC

UJBR/EPC

UMG-INOX/EPC

PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS WITH ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM

Pressure Booster Sets featuring an Electronic Control System EPC (Electronic Pressure Control) that automatically controls thepump start and stop stages when the pressure drops or when the water supply to the system is interrupted. The electronic control system EPC will guarantee the automatic stop of the pump when the water supply has run out(preventing damage to the pump if dry running) and will offer constant monitoring of the operation by means of warninglights.If in lack of water the pump stops, in which case the EPC device will allow the pump to make brief starts at regular breaks tocheck the availability of water. If the pump is able to take in water during one of these attempts (maximum 4), the pressurebooster set will restart its normal operation. After four attempts, the EPC device will stop the pump definitively. The pump canthen be restarted only by pressing the “Reset” button.

MODEL VOLT AMP MAX MAXMAX DELIVERY PRESSURE

UJ-INOX/EPC-12 12V DC 40 A 40 l/min 3 bar

UJ-INOX/EPC-24 24V DC 28 A 40 l/min 4 bar

UJ-INOX/EPC-M 230V AC - 50 l/min 4,8 bar

UMG-INOX/EPC-24 24V DC 40 A 90 l/min 5 bar

UMG-INOX/EPC-M 230V AC - 90 l/min 5 bar

UJBR/EPC-12 12V DC 42 A 44 l/min 3 bar

UJBR/EPC-24 24V DC 28 A 55 l/min 3,6 bar

UJBR/EPC-M 230V AC - 55 l/min 5,2 bar

UPB/EPC-12 12V DC 36 A 35 l/min 4 bar

UPB/EPC-24 24V DC 22 A 36 l/min 4,2 bar

Inlet: 1” BSP - F (Gas)Outlet: 1” BSP - M (Gas)

40

Page 81: Uflex - Marineclub

80

SELF

-PRI

MIN

G P

UM

PSBIDIRECTIONAL SELF-PRIMING PUMPSNAUTIC AND SPECIAL SERIES

UN

UN F US FM

Bidirectional side liquid ring self-priming pumps. Thanks to their high delivery capability, these pumps are widely usedin marine applications sector to empty bilges or for sea water suction. Upon request these pumps are also availablewith BSP thread.

Standard featuresBronze body pump, bronze impeller, bronze pipe fittings, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof clamping rings.Delivery diagram: page 81.

Application limits Liquid free of solid impurities, liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C, static pressure inside the pump body: 6 barmax.

NAUTIC SERIES

SPECIAL SERIES

*FM = Magnetic clutch 12 V DC or 24 V

MODEL OPERATION MAX MAX MAX DELIVERYINLET HEAD l/min@ rpm

UN 025 bare shaft 6 m (19.7’) 18 m (70.8’) 60 @ 2800

UN 030-030 F Manual clutch 6 m (19.7’) 18 m (70.8’) 75 @ 1400

UN 040-040 F Manual clutch 6 m (19.7’) 22 m (88.6’) 120 @ 1400

UN 050-050 F Manual clutch 6 m (19.7’) 30 m (118.1’) 230 @ 1400

UN 070-070 F Manual clutch 6 m (19.7’) 40 m (157.4’) 500 @ 1400

MODEL OPERATION MAX MAX MAX DELIVERYINLET HEAD l/min@ rpm

US 020 Bare shaft 6 m (19.7’) 15 m (59.0’) 30 @ 2800

US 025 Bare shaft 6 m (19.7’) 18 m (70.8’) 60 @ 2800

US 030-030 FM* Magneticl clutch 6 m (19.7’) 18 m (70.8’) 75 @ 1400

US 040-040 FM* Magneticl clutch 6 m (19.7’) 22 m (88.6’) 120 @ 1400

US 050-050 FM* Magneticl clutch 6 m (19.7’) 30 m (118.1’) 230 @ 1400

US

Page 82: Uflex - Marineclub

81

PUM

P PE

RFO

RMA

NCE

S

UFLEX ELECTRIC PUMP PERFORMANCES ((DELIVERY DIAGRAMS)

41

Page 83: Uflex - Marineclub

82

LEFT DIRECTION

LDRIGHT DIRECTION

RD

CEN

TRIF

UG

AL

BLO

WER

S

UBLC

CENTRIFUGAL ELECTRIC BLOWERS - UBLC SERIES

UBLC spiral centrifugal electric blowers are used forsuction and ventilation of air in closedcompartments such as toilets, kitchen, engine roometc.

Standard featuresPainted steel casing, fan with forward andbalanced steel blades, continuous duty electricmotor with F insulation class, IP 44 protection(alternal current), IP 23 (direct current)

The orientation of the blower must be stated whenordering (see drawing).

MODEL VOLT MAX RPM MAX DELIVERY MAX HEADAMP m3/min mm H2O

UBLC 002-12 12V DC 3,2 A 2800 4,5 22

UBLC 002-24 24V DC 1,6 A 2800 4,5 22

UBLC 002-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 4,5 22

UBLC 004-12 12V DC 12 A 2000 15 30

UBLC 004-24 24V DC 6 A 2000 15 30

UBLC 004-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 15 45

UBLC 015-24 24V DC 13 A 1400 24 34

UBLC 015-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 24 34

UBLC 028-24 24V DC 16 A 2800 24 64

UBLC 028-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 24 64

UBLC 023-24 24V DC 28 A 2000 37 64

UBLC 023-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 58 130

UBLC 025-24 24V DC 24 A 1400 50 55

UBLC 025-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 50 55

UBLC 030-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 95 75

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS: SEE PAGE 84

Page 84: Uflex - Marineclub

83

FLUX P FLUX A

Flux P - Extractor Flux A - Blower

HEL

ICO

IDA

L BL

OW

ERS

HELICOIDAL ELECTRIC BLOWERS - UVE SERIES

UVE

UVE helicoidal electric blowers are used for suctionand ventilation of air in closed compartments suchas toilets, kitchen and engine rooms.

Standard featuresPainted sheet steel drum, polypropylene balancedfan (temperature range: from -5° C to 70° C),continuous duty electric motor with F insulationclass, IP 44 protection.

The orientation of the blower must be specifiedwhen ordering (see drawing below).

MODEL VOLT MAX RPM MAX DELIVERY MAX HEADAMP m3/min mm H2O

UVE 25-12 12V DC 22 A 2500 30 13UVE 25-24 24V DC 11A 2500 30 13UVE 25-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 35 14

UVE 30-12 12V DC 10 A 1400 42 8UVE 30-24 24V DC 5 A 1400 42 8UVE 30-M/T 230V AC/380V AC 1400 42 8

UVE 30/2-24 24V DC 14 A 2000 75 22UVE 30/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC 2800 78 35

UVE 35-12 12V DC 12 A 1400 56 13UVE 35-24 24V DC 6 A 1400 56 13UVE 35-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 56 13

UVE 35/2-24 24V DC 16 A 2000 96 18UVE 35/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 100 46

UVE 40-12 12V DC 14 A 1400 70 14UVE 40-24 24V DC 7 A 1400 70 14UVE 40-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 70 14

UVE 40/2-24 24V DC 18 A 2000 130 24UVE 40/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 130 40

UVE 45-24 24V DC 9 A 1400 107 17UVE 45-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 107 17

UVE 45/2-24 24V DC 22 A 2000 144 28UVE 45/2-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 2800 175 51

UVE 50-24 24V DC 38 A 1400 160 20UVE 50-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 160 20

UVE 56-24 24V DC 40 A 1400 225 23UVE 56-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 225 23

UVE 63-M/T 230V AC/380V AC - 1400 312 32

UVE 71-T 380V AC - 1400 330 30

UVE 71/B-T 380V AC - 1400 400 40

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS: SEE PAGE 84

42

Page 85: Uflex - Marineclub

84

PROTECTION GRID

* MOTOR SUPPORT

BLO

WER

SCENTRIFUGAL AND HELICOIDAL ELECTRIC BLOWERS

UBLC - DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL A mm (“) Ø V mm (“) Ø T mm (“) WEIGHT Kg (lbs)

UVE 25 330 (13.0) 250 (9.8) 310 (12.2) 8 (17.6)

UVE 30 330 (13.0) 305 (12.0) 378 (14.9) 9 (19.8)

UVE 30/2 330 (13.0) 305 (12.0) 378 (14.9) 9 (19.8)

UVE 35 330 (13.0) 350 (13.8) 425 (16.7) 11 (14.3)

UVE 35/2 330 (13.0) 350 (13.8) 425 (16.7) 11 (14.3)

UVE 40 330 (13.0) 400 (15.7) 473 (18.6) 12 (26.4)

UVE 40/2 330 (13.0) 400 (15.7) 473 (18.6) 12 (26.4)

UVE 45 330 (13.0) 450 (17.7) 523 (20.6) 13 (28.6)

UVE 45/2 330 (13.0) 450 (17.7) 523 (20.6) 13 (28.6)

UVE 50 330 (13.0) 500 (19.7) 573 (22.5) 21 (46.3)

UVE 56 330 (13.0) 560 (22.0) 633 (24.9) 23 (50.7)

UVE 63 310 (12.2) 630 (24.8) 704 (27.7) 28 (61.7)

UVE 71 315 (12.4) 710 (27.9) 774 (30.5) 35 (77.2)

UVE 71/B 320 (12.6) 710 (27.9) 774 (30.5) 44 (97.0)

UVE - DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MODEL Ø IN mm (”) Ø OUT mm (”) A mm (”) B mm (”) C mm (”) WEIGHT kg (lbs)

UBLC 002 85 (3.3) 59 (2.3) 190 (7.5) 243 (9.5) 168 (6.6) 2,5 (5.5)

UBLC 004 110 (4.3) 98 (3.8) 270 (10.6) 340 (13.4) 225 (8.8) 6 (13.2)

UBLC 015 180 (7.1) 148 (5.8) 405 (16.0) 370 (14.6) 338 (13.3) 14 (30.9)

UBLC 028 122 (4.8) 118 (4.6) 322 (12.7) 320 (12.6) 273 (12.6) 8 (17.6)

UBLC 023 200 (7.8) 160 (6.3) 410 (16.1) 390 (15.3) 340 (13.4) 19 (41.9)

UBLC 025 250 (9.8) 250 (9.8) 515 (20.3) 438 (17.2) 420 (16.5) 26 (57.3)

UBLC 030 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 615 (24.2) 510 (20.0) 500 (19.7) 36 (79.4)

Page 86: Uflex - Marineclub

Q U A L I T Y M A R I N E A C C E S S O R I E S

885

SPOTLIGHTSMARINE HORNSWIPER SYSTEMS

SPO

TLIG

HTS

- H

ORN

S -

WIP

ER S

YST

EMS

43

Page 87: Uflex - Marineclub

86

SPO

TLIG

HTS

■ Illuminates objects up to a mile away■ Marine grade construction■ Light can be directed manually without damaging

motors■ Beamer lights are motorized for smooth trouble free

remote operation- Amp Draw: 8 Amp, up to 10 on start- Operation: 12V Halogen- Bulb: replaceable 100 Watt Halogen bulb- Overall Dimensions: H 263mm (10.37”) x W 187mm

(7.37”) x D 235mm (9.25”)- Base Dimensions: W 146mm (5.75”) x D 159mm

(6.25”)- Weight: 1,7 kg (3.75 lbs)

SPOTLIGHT WITH PUSH BUTTON CONTROL

502A - 66943F - 12V Spotlight controlled by apush button

SPOTLIGHT WITH JOYSTICK CONTROL

- 15 ft wiring harness included- Smaller diameter wiring harness is easy to install- Secondary station may be added (see parts and

accessories)- Joystick control cutout: H 41,3mm (1.63”) x L

69,8mm (2.75”)

502-1 66897 B – 12V Spotlight with Joystick Control502-2 66898 D – 24V Spotlight with Joystick Control

SPOTLIGHT WITH WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL

- Wireless transmitter controls spotlight functions- Remote control works up to 150 ft away- Easy to install- Security code on remote unit prevents unauthorized use- Wireless secondary station may be added (see parts and accessories)

501A 66899 F – Spotlight with Wireless Remote Control

HALOGEN SPOT/FLOOD WITH REMOTE JOYSTICK CONTROL■ Illuminates objects up to a mile away■ Marine grade construction■ Light can be directed manually without damaging motors■ 100 Watt spotlight with 55 Watt floodlight■ Includes 15 ft wiring harness■ Secondary station may be added (see parts and accessories)

- Amp Draw: 8 Amp, up to 10 on start- Operation: 12V Halogen- Bulb: replaceable Halogen bulb- Overall Dimensions: H 263mm (10.37”) x W 187mm (7.37”) x D. 235mm (9.25”)- Base Dimensions: W 146mm (5.75”) x D 159mm (6.25”)- Weight: 1,7 kg (3.75 lbs)- Joystick control cutout: H 41,3mm (1.63”) x L 69,8mm (2.75”)

503-1 66900 L – 12V Spot/Flood with Joystick Control503-2 66861 D – 24V Spot/Flood with Joystick Control

BEAMER™ - HALOGEN SPOTLIGHTSREMOTE CONTROL HALOGEN SPOTLIGHT

Page 88: Uflex - Marineclub

87

SPO

TLIG

HTS

12V XENON SPOTLIGHT WITH WIRELESS REMOTECONTROL

■ Twice as bright as Halogen spotlights■ Wireless remote control – works from 100 feet

away■ Built-in RF receiver – no extra pieces to mantain or

install■ Waterproof bullet connectors for ease of

installation■ Fortified “neck” bracing to resist damage due to

side impact

505 – 66901 N - 12V Xenon Spotlight with WirelessRemote Control

STAINLESS STEEL HALOGEN SPOT/FLOOD WITHREMOTE JOYSTICK CONTROL

■ 316 stainless steel base, 304 stainless steel head■ Includes joystick control and 15’ wiring cable with

easy to install plug ends■ Secondary station may be added (see parts and

accessories)■ Light can be directed manually without damaging

motors- Spot Power: 72.000 CP- Flood Power: 30.000 CP- Amp Draw: 7 Amp- Operation: 12V Incandescent- Bulb: Replaceable Incandescent- Lamp Dimensions: H 241mm (9.5”) x W 114mm

(4.5”) x L 190mm (7.5”)- Base Dimensions: L 140mm (5.5”) x W 89mm (3.5”)- Weight: 2,7 kg (6 lbs)- Joystick requires 70mm (2.75”) installation hole

22040A - 66860 B - Stainless Steel Halogen Spot/Floodwith Joystick Control

HALOGEN SPOTLIGHT WITH REMOTE JOYSTICKCONTROL

■ Corrosion-proof, impact resistant, UV stabilized ABS■ Includes joystick control and 15’ wiring cable with

easy to install plug ends■ Secondary station may be added (see parts and

accessories)■ Light can be directed manually without damaging

motors- Spot Power: 100.000 CP- Amp Draw: 4 Amp- Operation: 12V Haloge- Bulb: Replaceable Sealed Beam- Lamp Dimensions: H 233mm (9.18”) x W 219mm

(8.63”) x L 220mm (8.68”)- Base Dimensions: 127mm (5”) Diameter- Weigh: 1,9 kg (4.25 lbs)- Joystick control cutout: H 41,3mm (1.63”) x L

69,8mm (2.75”)

22200 - 66859 T Halogen Spotlight with JoystickControl

SPOTLIGHTMODEL

CONTROLPANEL

501-A 729825

502-1 U-3605

502-2 22209-24

503-1 U-3606

DUAL STATIONCONTROL KIT

729825

729488

729489

729491

REPLACEMENTBULB KIT

729493

729493

729493

729494

EXTENSIONCABLE KIT

ND

502A 729827-P 729828-P 729493 729528

729528

729528

729528

503-2 22208-24

22040A 22240

729492

22218A

729494

22014-P

729528

22200 22209 22219A 22230-P 22010A-P

22010A-P

BEAMER SPOTLIGTH PARTS & ACCESSORIES

22040A

22200

505

44

Page 89: Uflex - Marineclub

88

MA

RIN

E H

ORN

S

“H” HORN PHASE II – DROP-IN HIDDEN HORNWITH GRILLS

■ Comes with both a white ASA and a black ABS screw-in grills and includes a stainless steel cover

■ Grills have water resistant fabric liners■ Easy installation: 69,8mm (2.75”) diameter hole x

25,4mm (1”) deep■ 12 Volt, maximum Amp draw: 4 Amp■ dB(A) rating: 111 at one meter■ Fundamental frequency: 370±20Hz■ Mounts from the outside, grill screws on for easy

installation■ Easy retrofit

10087 - 66903 T – Drop-in Hidden Horn with Grills

“H” HORN PHASE II – DROP-IN HIDDEN HORNWITHOUT GRILL

■ Same features as 10087 without grill■ When purchasing bulk version, grill must be

ordered separately

11080 - 66904 V - Drop-in Hidden Horn without Grill11187 - 66905 X - Screw-in White ASA Grill for 1108011188 - 66906 Z - Screw-in Black ABS Grill for 1108011096 - 66907 B - Screw-in Stainless Steel Grill Kit for

11080: includes stainless steel grill cover andplastic white (11187) screw-in grill

DROP-IN “H” HORN WITH GRILLS

■ Comes with both black ABS and white ASA snap-ingrills

■ dB(A) rating: 107 at one meter■ Fundamental frequency: 370±20Hz■ Internal space requirements: H 50,8mm (2”) x W

85,6mm (3.37”) x D 82,5mm (3.25”)■ Distinctive marine horn sound■ Enclosed sound unit■ Easy installation or retofit, mounts from the outside■ 12 Volt, maximum Amp draw: 4 Amp10079 - 66908 D - Drop-in “H” Horn with Grills

DROP-IN HIDDEN HORN WITHOUT GRILL

■ Internal space requirements: H 57,2mm (2.25”) x W92,2mm (3.63”) x D 88,9mm (3.5”)

■ Maximum Amp draw: 3 Amp■ dB(A) rating: 105 at one meter■ Fundamental frequency: 440±20Hz■ Mounts from the outside, horn grill snap on for

easy installation■ Easy retrofit■ Grill must be ordered separately11095 - 66909 F – Drop-in Hidden Horn without Grill11090 - 66910 P - Snap-in White ASA Grill for 1109511091 - 66911 S - Snap-in Black ABS Grill for 1109511225 - 66912 U - Snap-in Chome Plated ABS Grill for

11095 horn

MARINE HORNSAFI is the leading supplier of horns to the marine industry, with over a fifty years of experience in designing and manufacturingsound devices specifically for use in harsh marine environments. Stainless steel is used for all critical components such as trumpets,motor cover, diaphragms and mounting hardware.AFI offers a complete line of marine horn products designed to meet almost any need, including electric and air trumpet horns,compact horns, below deck and deck horns.

DROP-IN BELOW DECK HORNS - ELECTRIC COMPACT HORNS

10087 Only 1’’ deep

11080

11079

11095

Page 90: Uflex - Marineclub

89

MA

RIN

E H

ORN

S

SINGLE TRUMPET MINI AIR HORNS

■ Solid brass construction■ Non-corrosive Lexan® diaphragm■ Include compressor, air tubing, fittings and

hardware■ Dimensions: L 241,3mm (9.5”) x W 88,9mm (3.5”) x

H 88,9mm (3.5”)■ Maximum Amp draw: 12 Volt: 20 Amp, 24 Volt: 10

Amp■ dB rating: 126 at one meter, 1/3 octave band■ Fundamental frequency: 630±15Hz10107 – 66913 W – 12 Volt Chrome Single Trumpet

Mini Air Horn - chrome plated solid brass10104 – 66914 Y– 12 Volt White Single Trumpet Mini

Air Horn - white epoxy powder-coated finishover solid brass

DUAL TRUMPET MINI AIR HORNS

■ Solid brass construction■ Non-corrosive Lexan® diaphragm■ Include compressor, air tubing, fittings and

hardware■ Dimensions: L. 241,3mm (9.5”) x W 127,0mm (5.0”)

x H 95,3mm (3.75”)■ Maximum Amp draw: 12 Volt: 20 Amp, 24 Volt: 10

Amp■ dB rating: 127 at one meter, 1/3 octave band■ Fundamental frequency: 630±15Hz/525±15Hz10108 – 66915 A – 12 Volt Chrome Dual Trumpet Mini

Air Horn - chrome plated solid brass10121 – 66916 C – 12 Volt White Dual Trumpet Mini

Air Horn - white epoxy powder-coated finishover solid brass

AIR COMPRESSORS

■ Replacement compressors fit all AFI 12 Volt AirHorns

■ Dimensions: L 127,0mm (5.0”) x D 66,8mm (2.63”)■ Include mounting bracket■ Maximum Amp draw: 12 Volt: 20 Amp, 24 Volt: 10

Amp. Produce 9-11 PSI■ CE marked10102 – 66917 E – 12 Volt Air Compressor10224 – 66918 G – 24 Volt Air Compressor

10107 10104

10108

10102

10121

10099 10098

DECK HORNS - FullBlast™ AIR HORNSAFI® FullBlast compressor driven air horns are the loudest and most complete line of 12V air horns available. They prduce sound levelsranging between 120 and 127 dB, which meens they meet the ABYC and NMMA regulations for boats up to 20 meters (66 ft). Both12V and 24V compressors are CE listed.

ELECTRIC DECK COMPACT HORNS

MINIBLAST™ - COMPACT ELECTRIC HORNS

■ Long lasting, non-corrosive ASA plastic cover■ Sealed sound unit with stainless steel diaphragm■ Dimensions: L 109,2mm (4.37”) x W 85,6mm (3.37”)

x H 50,8mm (2.0”)■ Maximum Amp draw: 3 Amp, 12Volt■ dB(A) rating: 106 at one meter (3ft)■ Fundamental frequency: 440±20Hz

10099 – 66920 T – White MiniBlast Compact Electric Horn10098 – 66921 V – Black MiniBlast Compact Electric Horn

45

Page 91: Uflex - Marineclub

90

WIP

ER S

YST

EMS

WIPER SYSTEMSAFI® wiper systems are designed for windshield sizes upto 45” and are available for 12Volt or 24Volt systems.AFI offers a full assortment of marine wiper arms andblades manufactured of durable stainless steel andmarine grade silicone to last in the harsh marineenvironment.

AFI 3.0 HEAVY DUTY PLUS WIPER MOTORThe Heavy Duty Plus 3.0 Motor is AFI’s only externallinkage motor. This new design easily powers a 30”Premier Plus arm and 30” Premier Plus bladecombination to provide coverage up to 45” ofwindshield area.■ Available in three shaft lengths: 1”, 2” and 3” (arm

fitting adds 2” to overall length)■ 18mm dia. tapered knurled drive shaft■ Factory pre-set sweep angle of 80° or 110°, can be

easily adjusted to 45°or 60° ■ For interior installations■ Measures approx.: L 212,8mm (8.37”), W 117,0mm

(4.60”), D 109,9mm (4.32”)■ Available in 12V and 24V models■ Coast to park with adjustable right or left self

parking■ Two speed motor■ CE marked

PREMIER PLUS - STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLESINGLE AND PANTOGRAPHIC WIPER ARMS■ Heavy duty component design for use with the AFI

3.0 wiper motor■ Stainless steel and chrome-plated die cast

construction■ Available in standard and pantographic styles with

both versions offered in normal and wet armconfigurations

Note: pantographic wiper arms will ONLY function properlywith wiper motor sweep angles 80° or less

PREMIER PLUS - STAINLESS STEEL WIPER BLADES

■ All stainless steel construction for use with PremierPlus arms

■ Available in stainless steel or black finish

MODEL

73111

73112

73113

73313

Part No.

66922 X

66923 Z

66924 B

66925 D

SWEEP

110°

110°

110°

110°

SHAFT

1’’

2’’

3’’

3’’

VOLT

12V

12V

12V

24V

MODEL

33088

33096

33088W

33096W

Part No.

66926 F

66927 H

66928 K

66929 M

DESCRIPTION

Single Arm, Adjusts 25” to 30”

Pantographic Arm, Adjusts 26” to 30”

Single Wet Arm, Adjusts 25” to 30”

Pantographic Wet Arm, Adjusts 26” to30”

MODEL

33026 S

33026 B

Part No.

66930 W

66931 Y

DESCRIPTION

26” Blade

26” Black Blade

33028 S

33028 B

66932 A

66933 C

28” Blade

28” Black Blade

33030 S

33030 B

66934 E

66942 D

30” Blade

30” Black Blade

Page 92: Uflex - Marineclub

91

WIP

ER S

YST

EMS

INTELLIGENT SWITCHES FOR HEAVY DUTY PLUSWIPER SYSTEMSAFI’s microcontroller based “intelligent” switchprovides all necessary wiper motor functions in onesmall component

■ Settings for two continuous speed functions andthree intermittent speed functions (2 sec delay, 4sec dely, 8 sec delay)

■ Washer system operation function■ Blinking LED ligths in switch indicate operating

function■ Dual motor switch synchronizes both motors in

each mode and deactivates each motor individually■ Works with 12V or 24V DC motors■ Fits standard switch size openings, requires 67,5mm

(2.65”) depth■ Includes one ten pole connector with female pins

and two female quick- connects

AFI 2.5 - HAEVY DUTY WATERPROOF WIPERMOTOR

■ The most powerful waterproof wiper motoravailable

■ Fully sealed powder coated aluminum waterproofbase and housing

■ Powers a 26” Deluxe arm and blade combination ora 24” Premier arm and blade combination

■ Available in two shaft lengths: 1” and 2” (knurledarm fitting adds ½” to overall lentgh)

■ Factory pre-set sweep angle of 80° or 110°, can beeasily adjusted to 45°or 60°

■ Chrome plated solid brass knurled drive nut with 16mm (5/8”) dia. brass and stainless steel drive shaft

■ Measures approx.: L 201,0mm (7.91”), W 108,0mm(4.25”), D 76,8mm (3.02”)

■ Available in 12V and 24V models■ Coast to park with adjustable right or left self

parking■ Two speed motor■ CE marked

MODEL

82081

82082

82011

82012

Part No.

66937 L

66938 N

66939 R

66940 Z

SWEEP

80°

80°

110°

110°

SHAFT

1’’

2’’

1’’

2’’

VOLT

12V

12V

12V

12V

82312 66941 B 110° 2’’ 24V

MODEL

76030

76035

Part No.

66935 G

66936 Y

DESCRIPTION

Single Motor Intelligent Switch

Double Motor Intelligent Switch

46

Page 93: Uflex - Marineclub

92

WIP

ER S

YST

EMS

AFI 1.5 - HAEVY DUTY WATERPROOF WIPERMOTOR

■ Fully sealed powder coated aluminum waterproofbase and housing

■ Powers a 22” Deluxe arm and blade combination ora 20” Premier arm and blade combination

■ Available in two shaft lengths: 1” and 2” (knurledarm fitting adds ½” to overall lentgh)

■ Factory pre-set sweep angle of 80° or 110°, can beeasily adjusted to 45°or 60°

■ Chrome plated solid brass knurled drive nut with 16mm (5/8”) dia. brass and stainless steel drive shaft

■ Measures approx.: L 197,0mm (7.76”), W 101,0mm(3.98”), D 70,3mm (2.77”)

■ Available in 12V and 24V models■ Coast to park with adjustable right or left self

parking■ Two speed motor■ CE marked

PREMIER - STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE SINGLE AND PANTOGRAPHIC WIPER ARMS

■ Available in standard and pantographic styles with both versions offered in normal and wet arm configurations

Note: pantographic wiper arms will ONLY function properly with wiper motor sweep angles 80° or less

MODEL

71081

71082

71011

71012

Part No.

66952 G

66953 J

66954 L

66955 W

SWEEP

80°

80°

110°

110°

SHAFT

1’’

2’’

1’’

2’’

VOLT

12V

12V

12V

12V

71212 66956 R 110° 2’’ 24V

MODEL

33086

33092

33094

33086W

Part No.

66957 T

66958 V

66959 X

66960 F

DESCRIPTION

Single Arm, Adjusts 20" to 25"

Pantographic Arm, Adjusts 17" to 22"

Pantographic Arm, Adjusts 22" to 26"

Single Wet Arm, Adjusts 20" to 25"

33092W

33094W

66961 H

66962 K

Pantographic Wet Arm,Adjusts 17"to 22"

Pantographic Wet Arm,Adjusts 22" to 26"

PREMIER - STAINLESS STEEL WIPER BLADES

■ Available in stainless steel or black finish

DELUXE - STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE SINGLE AND PANTOGRAPHIC WIPER ARMS

■ Available in stainless steel or black finish

Note: pantographic wiper arms will ONLY function properly withwiper motor sweep angles 80° or less

MODEL

33021 S

33021 B

Part No.

66963 M

66964 P

DESCRIPTION

20” Blade

20” Black Blade

33024 S

33024 B

66965 S

66966 U

24” Blade

24” Black Blade

MODEL

33060 A

33061 A

33062 A

Part No.

66967 W

66968 Y

66969 A

DESCRIPTION

Single Arm, Adjusts 20" to 26"

Single Black Arm, Adjusts 20" to 26"

Pantographic Black Arm,Adjusts 22" to 26"

DELUXE - STAINLESS STEEL CURVED WIPER BLADES

MODEL

33022

33024

Part No.

66970 J

66971 L

DESCRIPTION

22” Blade

26” Blade

Page 94: Uflex - Marineclub

9933

CIRC

UIT

BRE

AK

ER P

AN

ELS

AN

D IN

STRU

MEN

TS47

Page 95: Uflex - Marineclub

94

CIRC

UIT

BRE

AK

ER P

AN

ELS

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELS

BEP Marine manufactures a wide range ofcontrol panels for any type and dimension ofboats utilizing high quality products andcomponents as, for instance, the certifiedAIRPAX® circuit breakers fitted in modern andelegant designed panels.

Panels are supplied standard withpreassembled cables for an easy installationand equipped with back lit label sets andindication LED’s.

Configurations available: 12V DC, 24V DC(please specify voltage requested on orderingto receive the correct back lit labels), 220V ACor voltage combination. All panels are available with Analog or Digitalmeters.

BEP AC Panels back covers are designed toinsulate the exposed terminals at the rear ofthe AC panels. The back covers are made fromflame retardant PVC.

904NM

NC32YD NC36LD

SIZE mm (“)H x W x D 15

380x351x65(15x13.9x2.5) 11

380x351x65(15x13.9x2.5) 12

5

7

8

20

1

2

MODEL

NC32YA

NC36LA

10CIRCUIT BREAKERS - SINGLE POLE

11

12

25

1

1

30

1

1

NEGBUS

24 way

24 way

VOLT

12V DC

12V DC

METER

ANALOG

ANALOG

LABEL SHEETpage 89

Set 1,2,3,4,6

Set 1,2,3,4,6

380x351x65(15x13.9x2.5) 128 2NC36LD 12 1 1 24 way 12V DC DIGITAL Set 1,2,3,4,6

380x351x65(15x13.9x2.5) 117 1NC32YD

Part No.

66413 Z

66412 X

63144 G

63145 J 11 1 1 24 way 12V DC DIGITAL Set 1,2,3,4,6

Page 96: Uflex - Marineclub

95

CUST

OM

PA

NEL

S

CUSTOM PANELS

BEP Marine manufactures a wide range of Custom panel sizes for OEM’s.The Contour panel design allows for flexibility in layout. Although the panels shown in this catalogue are BEP Marinestandard range, there are a number of changes that can be made to fit the needs of custom and productionboatbuilders.

For example, a panel can be made up witheight circuit breakers, four systems inoperation lights plus a meter; or a panel canconsist of a mixture of analog and digitalmeters if required.If the panel involves a total custom layout, as described above, a specific part number will be applied to that panel and quotedaccordingly.If the design is unable to be achieved we willnotify the customer.

R158 - Back R158 - Front

Alternatively a customer may request a standard panel with circuit breakers laid out to their requirements with labelsfactory fitted: this involves a personalised layout charge.When ordering personalised panels, please specify the desired label sets.

When ordering BEP Marine standard rangepanels or smaller size models, it may be usefulto refer to the following layout paneltemplate where you can fill in model andnumber of meters requested, circuit breakerrating (double pole for 220V AC) and labelset.

Layout template available directly from Uflexor from BEP Marine website.

LABEL SHEET LAYOUT CUSTOM PANELS

48

Page 97: Uflex - Marineclub

96

DC

CON

TRO

L PA

NEL

SDC CIRCUITBREAKER PANELS

New Zealand has a world wide recognized success both in pleasure and sport boats field as developer of innovative quality boatsand electrical products for the marine market. The success of BEP Marine has been brought about through world classcampaigns by New Zealand boats and crews in events such as the One Ton Cup, Admirals Cup Sydney to Hobart race, Volvoround the World Race and more recently the America’s Cup.BEP Marine Ltd is actively involved in the research and development of new products as circuit panels, circuit breakers panelsand accessories that will be installed in the most important boats all around the world. BEP Marine is today the most innovative manufacturer of electrical products for the sport and commercial boats. Its product aretoday available in Italy through UFLEX.

FEATURES:

■ Stylish Contour Design■ Red LED’s for systems “ON”■ Green LED backlit labels■ All panels available in 12V or 24V configuration■ Cutout size: 10 mm (3/8”) inside all external edges

900

901V

901DV

900A

901H

904NM 902A

■ NOTE: All panels are supplied with label set 1 (see page 97)

SIZE mm (“)H x W x D 15

115x127x65(4.5x5.0x2.5) 1

200x127x65(7.9x5.0x2.5) 3

115x239x65(4.5x9.4x2.5) 3

200x239x65(7.8x9.4x2.5) 5

5

1

2

2

4

20

1

1

1

MODEL

900

901V

901H

904NM

10CIRCUIT BREAKERS - SINGLE POLE

2

2

2

5

200x239x65(7.8x9.4x2.5) 43

25

1

30

1

NEGBUS

6 way

6 way

6 way

12 way

6 way

VOLT

12V DC

12V DC

12V DC

12V DC

12V DC

METER

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

ANALOGIC

LABEL SHEETpage 89

Set 1

Set 1

295x127x65(11.6x5.0x2.5) 32 1901DV 2 6 way 12V DC DIGITAL Set 1

200x127x65(7.8x5.0x2.5) 11900A 2 6 way 12V DC ANALOGIC Set 1

Set 1

Set 1

Set 1902A 4

200x239x65(7.8x9.4x2.5) 43 1 6 way 12V DC DIGITAL Set 1902D

PART No.

63125 C

63126 E

63127 G

63129 L

64364 C

64363 A

63128 J

64365 E 4

Page 98: Uflex - Marineclub

97

AC

CON

TRO

L PA

NEL

S

AC CIRCUITBREAKER PANELS

CIRCUIT BREAKERS PANELS LABEL SETS

Set 163254 P

AccessoriesAuto Pilot

Bilge PumpsCabin LightsCabin Lights

Cockpit LightsCompass Lights

DC OutletsDepth Sounder

FreezerFreshwater Pump

GPSInstrumentsLPG ControlMast Light

Navigation LightRiding Light

Saltwater PumpShower Drain Pump

SpareSpreader Light

SpotlightStereo

Trim TabsVHF

WinchWiper

ACCESSORIES

Set 263255 S

Bait Tank PumpBilge Pump Aft

Bilge Pump ForwardBilge Pump MidBilge Pump PortBilge Pump STBD

BlowerBoarding Light

Cabin Lights AftCabin Lights MidCabin Lights PortCabin Lights STBDDeck Wash Pump

Electric ToiletEngine room Lights

FridgeHorn

Nav Lts PortNav Lts STBDPanel Lights

RadarSaloon Lights

SSBStart

Stern LightsStop

Sum LogTri Light

BAIT TANK PUMP

Set 363256 U

AFT Deck LightBilge Auto Man

Bow LightsDocking Lights

Emergency ParallelEngine Alarm

Engine BlowersExtraction Fan

FloodlightsFore Deck Light

Holding Tank PumpHouse BatteriesLazerette Light

PortRadio Battery

Toilet LTSearch Light

SpareGalley LTStarboard

Start BatteriesStep Light

Strobe LightWeather Fax

Window WashersWindex Light12v Outlets24v Outlets

AFT DECK LIGHT

Set 463257 W

1,2,3,4,56,7,8,9,10,

Bilge AlarmDavit WinchEngine ALTFire SystemFish Finder

Fishing LightHouse ALTIntercom

LoadLocker Light

Tank Room LightsMid Wiper

MIzzen Spar LightPlotter

Port WiperPreheat

Sole LightHeater Fan

SpareSpare

Starboard WiperStartStop

Sub MainSump PumpTowing Light

BILGE ALARM

Set 563258 Y

AC MainsAC OutletsAC OutletsAC Outlets

Air ConditioningBattery Changer

Cook TopDive Comp

DryerFrequency

GensetHotwater Cylinder

Ice MakerInverter

RefrigerationMicrowave

OvenReverse Polarity

Ships PowerShore Power

Trash CompactorTV

VideoWashing Machine

WastemasterWater Maker

230v AC110v AC

AC MAINS

Set 663259 A

AccessoriesAC Mains

Anchor WashAutomaticAutopilotAuxiliary

Bilge Auto-ManualBilge LightsBook Furl

Bridge LightsBurglar Alarm

CB RadioCell PhoneComputerDC Mains

Fuel TransferCabin Fan

Hatch ControlsHydraulics

Loud HailerMacerator

ManualNight Lights

Pelmet LightsSolar PanelGalley Fan

SpareTV Antenna

ACCESSORIES

FEATURES:

■ All AC panels available in 110V or230V options

■ Double pole circuit breakers■ The panels are available with analog

and digital meter.Models with digital meters show Volt,Amp and Frequency

900-AC1

900-ACM6W 900-AC2AH

■ NOTE: All panels are supplied with label set 5.

SIZE mm (“)H x W x D 15

115x239x65(4.5x9.4x2.5) 2

200x127x65(7.8x5.0x2.5) 3

200x239x65(7.8x9.4x2.5) 3

5

1

20

1

1

MODEL

900-AC1

900-ACM6W

900-AC2AH

PART No.

63130 V

63131 X

63132 Z

10SINGLE POLE DOUBLE POLE

2

3

3

25 30 20

2

1

1

25 30 50NEGBUS

IS-6 mm-2

IS-6 mm-2

2x6 way

VOLT

230 V

230 V

230 V

METER

N/A

N/A

ANALOGIC

LABELSHEET

Set 5

Set 5

Set 5

49

Page 99: Uflex - Marineclub

98

(SP)(SP)

CIRC

UIT

BRE

AK

ERS

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

AIRPAX® IEGB Series circuit breakers Carlingswitchmagnetic circuit breakers are current sensingdevices employing a time proven hydraulicmagnetic design. These precision mechanismsare temperature stable and are not adverselyaffected by temperature changes in theiroperating environment. As such, deratingconsideration due to temperature variationsare not normally required and heat inducednuisance tripping is avoided.

FEATURES:■ Trip free mechanism, a safety feature which

makes it possible to manually hold thecontacts closed during overcurrent or faultconditions

■ Worldwide safety agency approval areavailable

■ Common trip linkage between all poles.Another safety feature ensures that anoverload in one pole will trip all adjacent poles.

MANUAL RESET:

SWITCHABLE RESET:

CBS-50A-SP

121-710-1101

CBS-50A-DP

184 150P

185 100F

RATING SURFACEMODEL PANEL

RATING SURFACEMODEL PANEL

Reset only

Switchable& Reset

BUSSMANN HEAVY DUTYSingle pole thermal type breakers

FEATURES:

■ Ratings: 50Amp to 150Amp; 30V DC;3000Amp Interrupt Capacity

■ Operating temperature: -32°C to 82°C■ Storage temperature: -32°C to 150°C■ Applications: Typically used in auxiliary and

accessory circuits - trucks, buses, RV’s andmarine applications. Others might includebattery charges and DC audio systems. Series184 and 185 are sealed for enginecompartment and bilge area applications.

■ Mounting: Panel or surface■ Indicator: series 184 and 185 have a unique

reset mechanism which provides visibleindication of tripped condition.

■ Approvals: complies with SAE J 1625

100 X185 100F-01-1 -

150 X185 150F-01-1 -

50 -185 050P-01-1 X

70 -185 070P-01-1 X

80 X185 080F-01-1 -

80 -185 080P-01-1 X

100 -185 100P-01-1 X

135 -185 135P-01-1 X

150 -185 150P-01-1 X

50 X185 050F-01-1

PART No.

63164 N

63165 R

63927 S

65385 S

65386 U

63928 U

63166 T

64386 N

63167 V

65384 P -

100 X184 100F-01-1 -

150 X184 150F-01-1 -

100 -184 100P-01-1 X

150 -184 150P-01-1 X

50 -184 050P-01-1 X

60 -184 060P-01-1

PART No.

63160 E

63162 J

63161 G

63163 L

65382 K

65383 M X

DOUBLE POLE PART No.

CBS 2.5 A - DP 64385 L

TRIPLE POLE PART No.

CBS 30 A - TP 63266 X

SINGLE POLE PART No.

CBS 2.5 A - SP 63260 J

CBS 5 A - DP 63264 T CBS 50 A - TP 63267 ZCBS 5 A - SP 63261 L

CBS 10 A - DP 63265 V -CBS 10 A - SP 63262 N

CBS 15 A - DP 63151 D -CBS 15 A - SP 63146 L

CBS 20 A - DP 63152 F -CBS 20 A - SP 63147 N

CBS 25 A - DP 63153 H -CBS 25 A - SP 63148 R

CBS 30 A - DP 63154 K -CBS 30 A - SP 63149 T

CBS 40 A - DP 63155 M -CBS 40 A - SP 63150 B

CBS 50 A - DP 63156 P -CBS 50 A - SP 63263 R

Page 100: Uflex - Marineclub

99

SPRA

Y P

ROO

F SW

ITCH

PA

NEL

S

MICRO MODULARSWITCH PANELS

The MICRO range offers the unique ability to select the size and orientation of switch of panels by adding the compact modulestogether horizontally or vertically.

■ Labels backlit with green LED changing to red when is on.■ Full range of text or graphical labels available■ Available in charcoal or white. When ordering white, add “W” on the end of the charcoal colour model.■ Dimensions HxWxD: 86x58x28 mm (3.38”x 2.28”x1.10”) or: 58x86x28mm (2.28”x3.38”x1.10”)■ Labels to be ordered separately

900-2WP - 63133 B2x2 way switches

900-2WPMOM - 63134 D1x2 way switch1x3 way momentary switch

900-2WPOFO - 63135 F1x2 way switch1x3 way double pole switch

LABELS FORMICRO MODULARSWITCH PANELS

Part No. 63136 H Part No. 63137 K Part No. 63138 M

50

Page 101: Uflex - Marineclub

100

SPRA

Y P

ROO

F SW

ITCH

PA

NEL

S

The next generation of BEP Marine’s very popular Spray Proof panel range. Many new features have been incorporatedinto the series (eg. easy access to fuses from the front of the panel) as well as fresh new look. These new panels replacethe part numbers 900-3WPS, 900-4WP, 900-5WPS, 900-6WP and having the same dimensions can easily be retrofitted.

SPRAY PROOF SWITCH PANELS – COMPACT SERIES

CMP-4WP CMP-6WP CMP-5WPS

SIZE mm (“)H x W x D95x107x65

(3.75x4.25x2.5)

95x107x65(3.75x4.25x2.5)

MODEL

SPECIFICATIONS LABEL SHEET

CMP-4WP

900-3WPS900-3WPSW

LABEL SHEET LBL - CMP - 66537U

LBL-CMP

LBL-CMP

95x107x65(3.75x4.25x2.5)CMP-6WP

PART No.

66517 M

64401 F64405 P

66519 S LBL-CMP

SWICTHES

4

3 + DC Socket

95x107x65(3.75x4.25x2.5)CMP-5WPS LBL-CMP66518 P 5 + DC Socket

6

RATING

5 A

15 A

MODEL

ATM FUSES ARE SUPPLIED IN PACKS OF 2

603905

603915

10 A603910

PART No.

66520 A

66522 E

66521 C

30 A603930

20 A603920

66524 J

66523 G

Accessories

Aerator

Anchor Lights

Autopilot

Bait Tank Pump

Bilge Pump

Blower

Cabin Lights

Cockpit Lights

DC Outlets

Deck Wash

Depth Sounder

Freshwater Pump

Fridge

GPS

Horn

Inst. Lights

Instruments

Navigation Lights

Radar

Spare

Spotlights

Stereo

Stern Light

Trim Tabs

VHF

Log

Wiper

Molded gasketincorporatesfastening covers

Switches clip easily into rear of panel and can be removed to replace with differentfunction switches eg. on/on, on/off/on,off/on and (on)off(on)

Custom designedtoggle cover withunique sealingfeature

Mini fusesaccessiblefrom front ofpanel withremovablecartridge

900-3WPS - Black900-3WPSW - White

Page 102: Uflex - Marineclub

101

SPRA

Y P

ROO

F SW

ITCH

PA

NEL

S

CSP6 SWITCH PANELS

ACCESSORIES

The CSP6 panel range comes in 3 models. Allmodels are back lit.CSP6 Includes six switches unfused forinstallation where separate fused supply isavailable.CSP6-F Includes six switches and 3 WAFH14fuse holders with fuses behind panel.CSP6-PTC This panel utilises the latesttechnology in overload protection – PositiveTemperature Coefficient (PTC). PTC fuses aresolid state resettable fuses which will changeto a high resistance device on over-current. To reset: Switch circuit off for 10 seconds. If fault remains the PTC will trip back to aresistive state. The panel is supplied with 6 x9A PTC fuses mounted internally. No more changing fuses!

FEATURES:

■ Switches protected by high qualityneoprene rubber boots

■ Green LED backlit labels■ Red LED’s for system “ON”■ Waterproof to IP56 rating■ Removable cover plate over switches

conceals screws and water drain■ Switch current ratings 20 Amp DC,

10 Amp AC■ Charcoal colour

12V RC

■ 12 Volt receptacle with watertightsealing cap

■ Locking system ■ Easy to install with supplied locking

ring■ Compatible with standard 12V plugs

12V PG

■ Standard plug 12V■ Moisture seal ring■ LED power indicator light■ Locking system■ Interchangeable fuse■ Internal strain relief and cord seal■ Compatible with standard 12V

receptacles

SPARE PARTS FOR SPRAY PROOFPANELS

■ WAFH-14 Waterproof fuseholder

■ SW-M331 Splash proofcover

SETLABEL SHEET

SET-1SP

FUSES

NO

SIZE mm (“)H x W x D

158x112x65(6.2x4.4x2.5)

MODEL

CSP6

PTC

NO

SET-1SP 3158x112x75(6.2x4.4x2.9) CSP6-F NO

SET-1SP NO158x112x75(6.2x4.4x2.9) CSP6-PTC

PART No.

64375 H

64376 K

63141 A 6

CSP6

All CSP6 models are suppliedwith label back lit sheet set

Set - 1SP63253 M

<Anc.Light Nav.Lts>Accessories

AeratorAnchor Lights

AutopilotBait Tank Pump

Bilge PumpBilge Pump Auto/Man

BlowerCabin Lights

Cockpit LightsDC OutletsDeck Wash

Depth SounderFlood Lights

Freshwater PumpFridgeHorn

Inst. LightsInstruments

Navigation LightsTrim Tabs

RadioSaltwater Pump

Spot LightsWinchWiper

12V RC - 66414 B 12V PG - 66415 D

WAFH-14 63537 C

SW-M331 64404 M

51

Page 103: Uflex - Marineclub

102

G2

SPRA

Y P

ROO

F PA

NEL

SG2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS

The Generation 2 spray proof range offersunique styling utilising the latest techniquesin injection moulding. The switch tray ismoulded plastic with a rubber gasket and sealmoulded into the plastic.The cover is moulded in a clear plastic with arubber over-mould allowing the flexibility tooperate the switches through the front of thepanel while providing a clear window forlabel backlighting. Panels available in black orwhite colour with charcoal or blue strips.When ordering white add “W” on the end ofblack colour model. G2 can be mountedvertically or horizontally and is available in 2,4 and 6 way configurations. A joiner isavailable for multiple panel installations.Supplied complete with on/off switches.

Replaceable “clip-on”contour wave

Red systems on leds

Moulded gasket on rear of tray seals against onmounting surface

Red systems on leds

Labels are LEDbacklit for easy night

time viewing

Flexible overshot coverallows for easy

switch operation

Ribbed seal provides water tight seal with

switch cover

CG2-2W

CG2-2W-W

CG2-4W CG2-4W-W

CG2-6WCG2-6W-W

CG2-J

Joiner available for linking multiple panels

MODEL

CG2-2W

CG2-2W-W

SWITCHES

2

2

FUSE

No

No

LABEL SHEET(page 103)

Set - G2 - 1

Set - G2 - 1

CG2-2WF

CG2-4W

2

4

1

No

Set - G2 - 1

Set - G2 - 1

CG2-4W-W

CG2-4WF

PART No.

64366 G

64591 P

64367 J

64368 L

64542 A

64369 N

4

4

No

2

Set - G2 - 1

Set - G2 - 1

CG2-6W

CG2-6W-W

64370 X

64543 C

6

6

No

No

Set - G2 - 1

Set - G2 - 1

CG2-6WF 64371 Z 6 3 Set - G2 - 1

Page 104: Uflex - Marineclub

166.

5 m

m

(6.5

inc

he

s)118.

5 m

m

4.7

inc

he

s70.5

.mm

2.75

inc

he

s

15.4 mm .6 inches

62.6 mm 2.5 inches

103

G2

SPRA

Y P

ROO

F PA

NEL

S

G2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS

NOTE: Panels supplied standard with label set G2-1. Label set G2-2 can be orderedseparately.

Unique label designallows it to be read either vertically or

horizontally mounted.

CG2-4W

SW-CG1

MODEL

SW-CG1

SPARE SWITCH FOR G2 PANELS

ON/OFF

SW-CG2 MOMENTARY ON/OFF

SW-CG3 ON/OFF/ON

SW-CG4

PART No.

64372 B

64750 H

64751 K

64752 M MOMENTARY ON/OFF/MOMENTARY ON

Switch rated for 16 Amp

LABEL SET FORG2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS

AccessoriesAerator

Anchor LtBait Tank

Bilge PumpAuto B/P Man

BlowerCabin LightsCockpit LtsDc OutletsDeck Wash

Dn Winch UpElectronics

Engroom LtsFlood Lights

Fw WaterFridge

GpsHorn

Inst. LightsInstrumentsNav Lights

RadioSw Water

Spot LightsUp Port DnUp Stbd Dn

Wiper

LABEL SETSET - G2 - 1

64373 D

B/Pump PortB/Pump StbdB/Pump FwdB/Pump MidB/Pump Aft

B/Pump Eng RmCompass Lt

Deck LtsSteaming Lt Nav Lts Pt

Nav Lts StbdStep LtsStern LtWiper Pt

Wiper MidWiper Stbd

WashersFreezer

H/Tank PumpSump PumpLocker LtsPanel Lts

Tri LtBow Lts

Shower LtShower Pump

SpareSpare

LABEL SETSET - G2 - 2

64374 F

52

Page 105: Uflex - Marineclub

104

1000

SER

IES

CON

TRO

L PA

NEL

S

The Contour 1000Series control panelsare offered as aneconomical optionfor interior use onsmaller sail boats orcruises. The ATC fusesare easily accessiblefrom the front of theunit and the range isfully modularallowing it to bemounted in a verticalor horizontalconfiguration.

FEATURES:

Panels are modularfor vertical orhorizontal stacking.Spacer supplied foraccurate mountingspacing.

1000-DFR FRAME:

The 1000-DFR frameis designed to takeany 600 – seriesdigital meter (page 116-117-118). Frame and digitalmeter orderedseparately.

All modules108 mm x 108 mm

LED systems – onillumination

16 Amp Rocker switches

Clip-off fuse covers

Removable frameconcealing

mounting screws

Concealed ATC fuses accessible

from front of panel

1000 SERIESCONTROL PANELS

1000-6W - 64379 SSwitch Panel

1000-DFR - 64382 E

SPARE SWITCHES

SW-RVS1 - 65380 FON/OFF spare switch

SW-RVS1

1000-6W

1000-VM-12 - 64380 AAnalogic Meter Panel

1000-AM-50 - 64381 CAmmeter Panel

Page 106: Uflex - Marineclub

LIGHTSCABIN

STEREO

FANS FRIDGE

LIGHTS

GAS

VALVE

108mm (4.25")

108m

m (

4.25

")

96m

m (

3.8"

)

16mm(.6")

28mm(1.1")

105

1000

SER

IES

CON

TRO

L PA

NEL

S

1000 SERIESCONTROL PANELS

1000-6W

SET-1002 - 64384 JSET-1000 - 64383 G

FEATURES:

■ Supplied with ATC fuses accessible from front cover■ Square dimensions allow for modular mounting■ Supplied with label sheet part no. SET-1000■ Systems – on LED on each switch■ Matching trim conceals mounting screws■ 4 way and 6 way options available■ An On/Off/Momentary switch is available for horn

operation. Ordered separately Part No. SW-RVS3

LABEL SHEETS FOR 1000 SERIES CONTROL PANELS

Mod. 1000-6W dimensions

SWITCHES FUSESMODEL VOLT

6 61000-6W-12V

PART No.

64379 S 12V DC

Supplied with switch panel Ordered separately

53

Page 107: Uflex - Marineclub

106

BATT

ERY

DIS

TRIB

UTI

ON

SW

ITCH

ESBATTERY DISTRIBUTIONSWITCHES

BEP MARINE BATTERY SWITCH TEST PROCEDURES (UL 1107)Continuous (1 hour) intermittent (5 minutes) and cranking (enginestarting – 10 seconds). The test is to determine the maximum currentthe switch can handle for the stated time, without the rear terminalsexceeding 100°C above the ambient temperature. The continuous andintermittent ratings are tested at 110% of specified ratings. All BEPswitches are tested independently to this specification by a 3rd partylaboratory.

MOD. 701 BATTERY MASTER SWITCH - 63142 CThe 701 Contour Battery Master Switch offers a number of uniquefeatures. The highlights being the patented contour lock system,allowing it to be a stand alone unit, or locked together with otherswitches. The 701 also features a control knob which cannot beremoved whilst in the On or OFF position, however can be removed byswitching to an anti-clockwise 45° position. The control knob alsofeatures an interchangeable labelling system allowing a full range ofapplications Set-713 or Set-715 (page 110). The 701 also featuresremovable side plates on 4 sides for access of up to 1/0 cables. Plus arear cover insulating the rear terminals against any short circuitsensuring the switch meets ABYC requirements. The 701 can be eithersurface or recess mounted by cutting a 52 mm (2 1/16”) hole.

FEATURES:

■ Continuous rating: 275 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 455 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Dimensions: 69 x 69 x 75h mm (2.75 x 2.75 x 3h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected

701-PM PANEL MOUNT BATTERY SWITCHES - 65494 X Same specifications as 701 switch

701

701 - PM

701-KEY Spare PartRemovableknob

Mod. 701 dimensions

Mod. 701 dimensions

Standard BEP interchangeable

label system(page 110)

Countersunkrecess for

surface mountapplication

Removablekey

Standard 52,4 mm (2 1/16”)

hole cut out

Page 108: Uflex - Marineclub

107

BATT

ERY

DIS

TRIB

UTI

ON

SW

ITCH

ES

MOD. 720 HEAVY DUTY BATTERY SWITCH - 63174 SThe 720 Heavy Duty Battery Switch fits into the same contour lock systemas used on the battery distribution system. Rated at 600 Amp continuousand 2500 Amp cranking. It is well suited to larger vessels. As with the 701and 720 can be recessed or surface mounted. The 720 uses the same styleof self cleaning sliding contact as used in the 701. Also utilises the samelabel sheet as 701. Part Number 713 or 715 (page 110).

FEATURES:■ Continuous rating: 600 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 800 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 2500 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 2 x 12 mm (1/2”)■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 90h mm (4 x 4 x 3.5h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected

720

Recessed hole cut out 85 mm(3.3”)

Mod. 720, 720-DP dimensions

MOD. 720-DP DOUBLE POLE BATTERY SWITCH - 64388 TThis model has the same dimensions and features as the 720 batteryswitch. The 720-DP also meets the needs of vessels being built tosurvey requirements where positive and negative supplies must beisolated at the same time.

FEATURES:■ Continuous rating: 400 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 525 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1500 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 45V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF 2 poles■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 4 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 90h mm (4 x 4 x 3.5h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected

720-DP

MOD. 700 EASYFIT BATTERY SWITCH - 63672 JThe 700 Easyfit is ideal on those installations where switches need tobe recessed through varying thickness of panels. 700 Easyfit featuresan easily removable threaded ring allowing for panel thickness up to19 mm (3/4”). It uses the same features as the 701 with the removablekey 45° past the off position, labelled handle and a removable backcover covering exposed terminals to meet ABYC specifications. Theswitch can also be surface mounted offering a unique style comparedto other switches available on the market. The 700 Easyfit can easily beretrofitted in place of most European post and lever type switches.

FEATURES:■ Continuous rating: 275 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 455 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ 700-KEY spare Part Removable knob■ Ignition protected

Mod. 700 EASYFIT Dimensions

700 EASYFIT

54

Page 109: Uflex - Marineclub

108

BATT

ERY

DIS

TRIB

UTI

ON

SW

ITCH

ES

MOD. 701-S MINI BATTERY SELECTOR SWITCH - 64387 RThe 701-S is the most compact selector switch available on the market.Housed in the same dimensions as the 701 and includes the sameremovable side plates and back cover. While BEP Marine foremost recommends isolated battery systems asoutlined with our distribution clusters, the 721 offers a simpleeconomical way of separating two batteries.Please note this system will not separate electronics from harmfulengine starting spikes.

FEATURES:

■ Continuous rating: 200 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 300 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1000 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: Selector 1-2-both-off■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 3 x 8 mm (5/16”)■ Dimensions: 69 x 69 x 75h mm (2.75 x 2.75 x 3h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts

MOD. 721 BATTERY SELECTOR SWITCH - 63143 EThe 721 is our heavy duty selector switch, housed in the same moduleas the 720 and includes the same removable plates and back cover.While BEP Marine foremost recommends isolated battery systems asoutlined with our distribution clusters, the 721 offers a simpleeconomical way of separating two batteries. Please note this systemwill not separate electronics from harmful engine starting spikes.

FEATURES:■ Continuous rating: 350 Amp DC (between common and B1 or B2)■ Continuous rating: 500 Amp Dc (between common and B1 or B2)■ Intermittent rating: 500 Amp DC ■ Cranking rating: 1500 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 48V DC■ Operation: Selector – Battery 1-2-both off■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Termination stud size: 3 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 90h mm (4 x 4 x 3.5h inches)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected

721Recessed holecut out 85 mm (3.3”)

Mod. 721 dimensions

701-SRecessed holecut out 52 mm (2.1”)

Mod. 701-S dimensions

BATTERY DISTRIBUTION SWITCHES

701S-PM PANEL MOUNT BATTERY SWITCHES - 66163 CSame specifications as 701S switch

Mod. 701S-PM dimensions

Standard 52,4 mm (21/16”)

hole cut out

Countersunkrecess for

surface mountapplication

Page 110: Uflex - Marineclub

newnew

109

BATT

ERY

DIS

TRIB

UTI

ON

SW

ITCH

ES

Due to the increased loading requirements on modern boats and largeincreases in the cost of copper battery cable, the MD range of batteryswitches allows you to mount the battery switch very close to thebattery, reducing cable lengths to starter motor. They are also ideal forremote isolation of bow thrusters.

THE MD RANGE OFFERS THE FOLLOWING FEATURES■ Remote operation (easier access for battery control).■ Battery switch can be mounted alonside battery,

reducing cable lengths and cable sizes to starter motor (large cost saving in copper cable).

■ Reduced labour for fitting, due to shorter battery cabling.■ Manual override option to meet CE requirements.■ LED status identification for remote control switch.■ Same capacity/specification and mounting options as standard BEP

battery switches.■ Utilize same interchangeable labelling system as BEP battery

switches.

701-MD SPECIFICATIONS - 66026 S■ Continuous rating: 275 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 455 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 9,5 – 32 Volt■ Operation: On / Off■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Ignition protected■ Stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts

720-MD SPECIFICATIONS - 66027 U■ Continuous rating: 500 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 700 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 2500 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 9,5 – 32 Volt■ Operation: On / Off■ Mounting: recessed or surface■ Ignition protected■ Stud size: 2 x 12 mm (1/2”)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts

WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL AND RECEIVER TO OPERATE BATTERY SWITCHESYou can now wire your Battery to the BEP receiver and operate the On/Offswitch by remote control, from a distance of up to 50 metres away

■ You can control up to 4 separate 5 Amp circuits, eg. 701/720-MD batteryswitches, anchor light, navigation lights and courtesy lights

■ No more lifting hatches to turn on battery switches – it is now all controlledfrom your remote keyfob

■ Control battery switches easily (On/Off) from the dock or carpark■ The remote has a rolling code, for your security

80-911-0045-00 - 66951E - Wireless remote control

720-MD

701-MD

Mod. 701-MD dimensions

Mod. 720-MD dimensions

DRIVEN REMOTEOPERATED BATTERY SWITCHES

55

Page 111: Uflex - Marineclub

+ -

HOUSE

+ -

STBDSTART

INVERTER

+ -

START

+ -

GENSET

+ -

1

WINCH

CHASSIS

EMERGPARALLEL

BOWTHRUSTER

+ -

PORTSTART

+ -

2

+ -

MIDSTART

+ -

RADIO

+ -

HOUSE

+ -

START

EMERGPARALLEL

110

BATT

ERY

DIS

TRIB

UTI

ON

SW

ITCH

ES

MOD. 722 – 300 AMP ELECTRIC BATTERY SWITCH - 63175 UThe 722 fills a need on larger boats where cable runs are becomingvery long and voltage drop is a prime concern. It has become necessaryto offer a remotely operated battery switch. The 722 electric batteryswitch is placed as close as possible to the batteries, and a short run ofcable from batteries to the starter motor. This can be remotelyswitched from either the dash or another convenient position, utilisinga key switch part number 722-KS2 or any standard rocker or toggleswitch. The 722 also has manual override capability.

FEATURES:

■ Continuous rating: 300 Amp DC■ Intermittent rating: 400 Amp DC■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC■ Voltage rating: 12V DC – 24V DC■ Operation: ON/OFF■ Mounting: surface■ Termination stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 107h mm

(4”x 4”x 4.24”h)■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts■ Ignition protected

BATTERY DISTRIBUTIONSWITCHES

Mod.720 - MD

WIRING DIAGRAM

722

722-KS2 - 63215 D722-KS 65350 W

LABEL SETS FOR BATTERYDISTRIBUTION SWITCHES

Set - 713 Set - 71563681 K 64389 V

+ -

HOUSE

+ -

STBDSTART

INVERTER

+ -

START

+ -

GENSET

+ -

1

WINCH

CHASSIS

EMERGPARALLEL

BOWTHRUSTER

+ -

PORTSTART

+ -

2

+ -

MIDSTART

+ -

RADIO

+ -

HOUSE

+ -

START

EMERGPARALLEL

All 701 and 720 switches come

standard with thebattery symbol label.In installations wheremultiple switches are

used, it will benecessary to label theswitches for different

application.Following is our

range of availablelabels.

Set 715 contains thethree most commonlyrequested labels outof Set 713 without

the need to purchasea full label set.

Page 112: Uflex - Marineclub

111

BATT

ERY

DIS

TRIB

UTI

ON

SW

ITCH

ES

The VSS switch utilizes the same operation as the MD battery switchesand is packed with features which complimet the MD range.

FEATURES

■ Dual battery sensing■ Remote emergency parallel function 701-MDVS and 720-MDVS can

be operated through a momentary button on the dash which willparallel the batteries for a present time of 10 minutes. Once this 10minutes has passed, if the voltage is up high enough for the voltagesensitive switch to operate, it twill stay engaged. If not, it willdischarge.

■ Engine run sensing VSS will engage when the voltage on either startor house battery reaches 13,7 Volt. If the combined battery voltagedrops below 13,0 Volt and the engine is not running, after 5seconds the contacts will open and stay open until the start orhouse battery voltage exceeds 13,7 Volt. If the combined batteryvoltage drops below 12,2 Volt and the engine is running, after 5minutes the contacts will open and stay open until the start orhouse battery voltage exceeds 13,7 Volt. If voltage drops below 13,0Volt and stays above 12,2 Volt on either start or house battery whileengine is running, the VSS will stay engaged.

■ Manual override option■ The advantages of using a high current VSS is thet i twill cover your

dual battery charging requirements and emergency paralleloperation in one unit.

720-MDVSSame specifications

as 720-MD

701-MDVSSame specifications

as 701-MD

HIGH CURRENT REMOTE OPERATED VOLTAGE SENSITIVE SWITCHES (VSS)

MODEL

701-MDVS

720-MDVS

701-MDVS-24V

720-MDVS-24V

PART No.

66416 F

66417 H

66418 K

66419 M

VOLT

12V DC

12V DC

24V DC

24V DC

RATING

275A

500A

275A

500A

ENGAGES

13.7V DC

13.7V DC

27.4V DC

27.4V DC

DISENGAGES

12.2-13.00V DC

12.2-13.00V DC

24.4-26.00V DC

24.4-26.00V DC

56

Page 113: Uflex - Marineclub

112

VO

LTA

GE

SEN

SITI

VE

RELA

YS

MOD. 710-125A VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAYThe VSR (Voltage Sensitive Relay) allows two or more batteries to becharged at the same time. The relay stays open when the engine isfirst started and remains open during charging until the battery hasreached a preset voltage (13.7V). The relay then closes, allowing thetwo batteries to be charged together. When the engine is stopped, thevoltage returns to normal levels, which allows the relay to open again,separating the 2 batteries, eliminating the possibility of dischargingthe wrong battery.

MOD. 710-300A VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAY (HEAVY DUTY)The 710-300A offers the same features as the 100Amp model, with theadditional feature that it can be used as a paralleling solenoid foremergency start. Paralleling function: The 710-300A can be operatedthrough a button on the dash and will instigate a preset time of 10minutes. Once this 10 minutes has passed, if the voltage is up highenough for the voltage sensitive relay to operate, it will stay engaged. Ifnot it will disengage. There is also the ability to have the unit used onlyas a paralleling solenoid by disengaging the voltage sensitive function.

■ Ignition protected

ADVANTAGES OF FITTING VSR’S OVER CONVENTIONAL CHARGE(DIODE ISOLATORS):■ Easy 3 wire connection at the battery. No need to bypass existing

alternator wiring.■ VSR’s have no volt drop. Conventional diode isolators incur a

minimum of 6 volt drop.■ Compact size - no large heat sink.

MOD. 710-125A-DS (DUAL SENSE) VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAY Same as the 710-100A with the added feature of dual sensing. Thisallows the unit to sense the voltage of both batteries that it isconnected between. If either battery is receiving a charge the VSR willactivate paralleling the two battery banks. The 710-100A-DS is designed for situations where a battery charger orsecond charging source is used into the house battery.

■ Ignition protected

VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAYS

710-125A

710-125A-DS

710-300A

Red LED indicatescombined charge mode

APPLICATION

For use on charging systems up to 125 Amp

MODEL

710-125A

SIZE mm (“)H x W x D

69 x 69 x 50 (2.75 x 2.75 x 2)

For use on charging systems up to 300 Amp710-300A-12V 102 x 102 x 95 (4 x 4 x 3.75)

For use on charging systems up to 125 Amp710-125A-DS-12V 69 x 69 x 50 (2.75 x 2.75 x 2)

For use on charging systems up to 300 Amp710-300A-24V

PART No.

64390 D

63176 W

65351 Y

63177 Y

VOLT

12V DC

12V DC

12V DC

For use on charging systems up to 100 Amp710-100A-24V 69 x 69 x 50 (2.75 x 2.75 x 2)65381H 24V DC

24V DC 102 x 102 x 95 (4 x 4 x 3.75)

Page 114: Uflex - Marineclub

113

BATT

ERY

DIS

TRIB

UTI

ON

CO

MPO

NEN

TS

MOD. 716-SQ-100AVRS DUAL BATTERY CHARGING CLUSTERSFor use on charging systems under 100A. To be used on following systems:■ Single outboard dual battery bank■ Single alternator inboard engine dual battery bank

MOD. 715-S DUAL BATTERY CHARGING CLUSTERSThe 715-S is designed for systems with twin engines and 2 batteries. Thehouse loads can be switched between port and starboard battery. The selector switch can also be used to parallel the batteries when in bothposition.

MOD.717-100A THREE BATTERY CHARGING CLUSTERS

This system is designed for twin outboard installations using outboardswithout AUX outputs. It will allow the port engine to charge the port startbattery and the house battery when the VSR is engaged. It will also allowthe starboard engine to charge the starboard start battery and the housebattery when the starboard VSR is engaged, giving a combined chargefrom two outboards into the house battery until the voltage regulators onboth engines control the charge. It will also allow the house battery to becharged if steaming on one engine.

716-SQ-100AVRS 715-S 717-100A

BATTERY DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS

ORIENTATION

SQUARE

MODEL

716-SQ-100AVRS

SIZE mm (“)H x W x D

138 x 138 (5.4 x 5.4)

RECTANGULAR715-S 138 x 69 (5.4 x 2.75)

RECTANGULAR717-100A

PART No.

64391 F

65352 A

65353 C 207 x 138 (8.1 x 5.4)

BUS BARS Marine grade negative or positive Bus Bars are supplied as standardwith all BEP AC/DC control panels

FEATURES:

■ 4 mm (5/32”) stainless steel screws with shakeproof washers■ 2x6 mm (1/4”) input stud■ Tin plated brass■ Insulated mounting base

FEATURES:

■ Tinned copper 10 mm (3/8”) orbrass studs 6 mm (1/4”)with spring washers

■ High temperature plasticinsulated mounting base

DIMENSIONS W x H x D mm (“):

■ IS-10MM-1: 44x35x18 mm(1.73x1.37x0.7)

■ IS-6MM-2: 42x32x36 mm(1.65x1.25x1.42)

INSULATED STUDS

BB-6W-2S

717-100A

BB-12W-2S

BB-24W-2S

OUTPUT SCREWS4 mm (5/32”)

6

INPUT STUDS6 mm (1/4”)

1

MODEL

BB-6W-2S

CURRENTRATING

100A

12 1BB-12W-2S 100A

24 2BB-24W-2S

PART No.

63690 L

63691 N

63692 R 150A

IS-10MM-164392H

IS-6MM-263689C

57

Page 115: Uflex - Marineclub

114

BATT

ERY

DIS

TRIB

UTI

ON

CO

MPO

NEN

TS

MOD. 702 DISTRIBUTION STUDThe 702 Contour Distribution Stud allows terminating of heavy dutycables for 1 or more connections. Contour lock mouldings withremovable side plates allow for connections from all sides, utilising linkbars 702SB.

MOD. 702-HDBFH SINGLE FUSE HOLDERBEP Marine’s new heavy duty fuse holders are an economical way offusing heavy loads 30-80 amp. Ideal for battery charger outputs ormains feeds. 6 mm (1/4”) studs receive ring terminals and cables up to25 mm2 (4 gauge). Fuse is clamped between tinned brass clamp forpositive connection. Covers enclose exposed terminals to meet ABYCstandards.

SPECIFICATIONS: - Fuses available 30-80 Amp - Interrupt capacity: 1000 Amp DC - Maximum voltage: 32 Volt DC

MOD. 704-ANL FUSE HOLDER HEAVY DUTY - 63235KThe 704-ANL allows fusing of heavy duty accessories between 80 Amp -500 Amp. Mounted in contour lock mouldings with removable sides.Meets ABYC standards for exposed terminals.

704-ANL

ANL-FUSE - 63235K

702SB

BATTERY DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS

704-ANL

702SBSecondary BusFitted to distributionstud 702 allows forsmall wireconnections withoutcluttering main stud.Terminal screws 4mm (1/8”).

Fuse viewing window

702-HDBFH

702

ANL FUSE LINKS

80 Amp

MODEL

IP80A

100 AmpIP100A

150 Amp

SIZE mm (“)H x W x D

138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)

STUD SIZE

10 mm (3/8”)

MODEL

702

RATING

30 Amp

MODEL

BFHD-30A

40 Amp BFHD-40A

50 Amp

PART No.

66132 R

66133 T

66134 VBFHD-50A

RATING

60 Amp

MODEL

BFHD-60A

70 Amp BFHD-70A

80 Amp

PART No.

66135 X

66136 Z

66137 BBFHD-80A

SIZE mm (“)H x W x D

69 x 69 x 50 (2,75 x 2.75 x 2)

6 mm (1/4”)702-HDBFH

PART No.

63687 Y

65354 E 69 x 69 x 50 (2,75 x 2.75 x 2)

IP150A 138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)

138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)

200 AmpIP200A

250 AmpIP250A

300 Amp

138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)

138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)

138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)IP300A

425 AmpIP425A

500 Amp

138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)

138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)IP500A

PART No.

64394 M

64395 P

63806 D

63807 F

63808 H

63809 K

63810 U

64407 U

IGNITION PROTECTED

702 702SB - 64393K

HEAVY DUTY FUSES

Page 116: Uflex - Marineclub

115

ATC

FUSE

HO

LDER

S

ATC-6W

BB-LINK - 26 mm

J05A

DESCRIPTION

6 way fuseholder, screw terminals, with cover

MODEL

ATC FUSE HOLDERS

ATC-6W

RATING

3 Amp

MODEL

ATC FUSES

J03A

5 Amp J05A

7.5 Amp J7.5A

10 Amp J10A

15 Amp J15A

20 Amp J20A

25 Amp J25A

30 Amp J30A

PARTNo.

66018 T

66019 V

66020 D

66021 F

66022 H

66023 K

66024 M

66025 P

6 way fuseholder, quick connect, with coverATC-6WQC

PART No.

65569 C

66017 R

The BEP ATC fuse holder includes thepatented contour lock system (as used in allBEP battery management products). Thisallows you to module as many fuse holders asyou like together.The advantage of this is that it allows you tolink the inputs together, or split them apart toallow multiple power groups within one fuseholder: eg. switched supply or 24 hour supply.For the aftermarket the modular systemallows you to carry one part number insteadof 3 or 4. The 6W-ATC also includes a clip oncover and label positions. The lebel positionsreceive the same label as the 1000 seriespanels: refer page 105 (ordered separately).

SPECIFICATIONS■ Maximum amperage per circuit: 30 Amp■ Maximum amperage per block: 100 Amp■ Maximum voltage: 32V DC■ Base material: polycarbonate■ Cover material: clear polycarbonate

SPECIFICATIONS■ Fuses available: 3-30 Amp■ Interrupt capacity: 1000 amp DC■ Maximum voltage: 32 Volt DC

ATC FUSE HOLDER

Clip on coverwith label

position foreach fuse

Position for spare fuses

Fuse holder linkPart No. BB-LINK-26 mmOrderedseparately

Available with screw terminal

or 6,3 mm QuickConnect options

(see part numbersbelow)

J05A dimensions

ATC-6W dimensions

58

Page 117: Uflex - Marineclub

116

DIG

ITA

L M

ON

ITO

RIN

G S

YST

EMS

The 600 series Digital Monitoring System, designed and manufactured by BEP Marine, is made to meet the requirements of modernboating and recreational vehicles. Electrical installations on-board the modern boat now incorporate complex AC and DC systems alongwith extensive tankage for items such as fuel, fresh water, sewage and grey water. Accurate monitoring of such systems is essential, as amal-function in any one of the above areas could cause major damage to expensive equipment and ultimately endanger the vessel orpeoples lives. The dot matrix display incorporated in the 600 series allows for more detailed on-screen information and clarity ofviewing. They have a backlighting display for easy night time viewing, audible alarm with mute function, power supply 10-35V DC.The Contour Matrix series is designed to be surface mounted or recessed into a panel utilising the 600-PMK Kit.

600-DCM MONITOR - 63168XThe 600-DCM monitor offers a comprehensive range of functions toallow full monitoring of your batteries and charging system. For 2004we have added a new function allowing for 24h monitoring of yourbilge. This meter is an important addition to modern batterymanagement systems.

Capacity remaining in Amp hours and percentage

LB-450-50 SHUNT - 64396 S450A - 5 Shunt supplied with 600-DCM and 600-DCTLM

DIMENSIONS WxDxH mm (“):

■ 83 x 45 x 44 (3.26 x 1.77 x 1.73)

VOLTAGE MONITOR:

■ Voltage monitor for up to3 battery banks

■ 12 costum selectablelegends eg: Start battery,House battery etc.

■ Hi / Low voltage alarms onall 3 banks

AMP CHARGE & DISCHARGE:

■ On house bank only■ Meter supplied with

a 450-50 mV shunt

PERCENT REMAININGIN AMP HOURS:

■ Software utilizes Peukertsexponent

■ Suitable for use on batterybanks from 60 to 3000Amp hours

■ Low Amp hour alarm

BILGE MONITOR

■ The bilge monitor functionmonitors bilge pump functions24 hours, 7 days a week. Storesbilge pump operations andaccumulated time. Resettablewhen leaving boat.

■ Function only available whenthird voltmeter position is notused

600-DCM

LB-450-50-SHUNT

CONTOUR MATRIX DIGITAL MONITORING SYSTEMS

SIDE VIEWSURFACE

MOUNTED

SIDE VIEWREAR

MOUNTED

SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW METER REAR VIEW

CONNECTOR STRIPMOUNTED IN

REMOVABLE PLUG FOREASY INSTALLATION

PANEL MOUNTING KIT AVAILABLE. INCLUDES FACIA, FASTENINGS AND TEMPLATE. P.N. 600-PMK - 65177 J

Page 118: Uflex - Marineclub

117

DIG

ITA

L M

ON

ITO

RIN

G S

YST

EMS

600-ACM - 63169 Z The 600-ACM AC monitor includes one extra voltage input allowingmonitoring of twin line inputs. Selectable legends allow labelling e.g.AC volt Line 1, AC volt Line 2. It has also an extra input for currentenabling monitoring of Amp on twin line systems.

AC VOLT FUNCTIONS:

■ 3 inputs with selectablelegends: AC volt Line 1,AC volt Line 2,AC volt L1 + L2,

■ High / low volt alarm

AMP FUNCTIONS:

■ 2 AC Amp inputs Selectablelegends:AC Amp, AC Amp Line 1 &AC Amp Line 2

■ High Amp alarm

FREQUENCY FUNCTIONS:

■ 0 – 100 Hz■ Frequency alarm

selectable for 50 or60 Hz

600-ACM

600-VM3 - 66567 D■ Voltage monitoring on up to 3 battery banks■ Custom selectable legends e.g. Start batt, House batt■ High / low voltage alarms■ Input 10 – 35V DC

600-VM3

AC-VSEN - 64397UThe AC-VSEN includes 2 voltage transformers for 2 voltage inputs.Supplied with 600-ACM.

AC-VSEN

CT-10-3 - 64398WOne Ct-10-3 current transformer is supplied with 600-ACM. If a twinline system is in use a second CT must be ordered.

CT-10-3

DIGITAL MONITORING SYSTEMS

59

Page 119: Uflex - Marineclub

118

MO

NIT

ORI

NG

SY

STEM

S

600-TLM-SIF - 63172 MThe 600-TLM-SIF tank sender interface module must be used whenusing standard European (10 – 180 Ohm) or American (240 – 33 Ohm)senders to produce a 0 – 5 Volt signal to operate 600-TLM. 10 – 32V supply. One unit per sender required.

ANALOG STAND-ALONE METERS

MONITORING SYSTEMS

600-DCTLM - 65671 TThe 600- DCTLM is designed forinstallations where space is notavailable to fit two meters.Offering most of the samefunctions and settings as the600-DCM and 600-TLM.Selectable legends offer fullinformation to be shown on thescreen to allow full monitoringof batteries and tank levels.

SPECIFICATIONS:

■ Input voltage 10- 35V DC■ Supplied with LB-450-50 mv

shunt (page 116)■ Compatible with TSI Ultrasonic

tank sender (page 119)■ Dimensions: refer page 116

AMMETER SHUNT

N816DCV

600-TLM-SIFDimensions: 60 x 34 x 22h mm(2.4” x 1.3” x 0.9”h)

VOLT

12V DC

MODEL

ANALOG VOLTMETERS

N816DCV

SCALE

8-16 Volt DC

24V DCN1632DCV

PART No.

63682 M

63683 P 16-32 Volt DC

SCALE

0-50 Amp DC

MODEL

ANALOG AMMETERS

N050A

CURRENTTRASFORMER

N/A

0-100 Amp DCN100A N/A

SHUNTMODEL

50A-50MV

100A-50MV

0-150 Amp DCN150A

PART No.

64399 A

64400 D

64183 Y N/A 150A-50MV

SCALE

0-50 A

MODEL

AMMETER SHUNT

50A - 50MV

0-100 A100A - 50MV

0-150 150A - 50MV

PART No.

64515 X

64178 F

64516 Z

600-DC TLM

V/A button pressed repeatedlywill allow 3 voltage inputs andamps charge and discharge

C button pressed repeatedlywill allow amp hour capacityand percentage of charge

T button pressed repeatedly will showtank 1, 2, 3, 4 and multitank screen(600-DCTLM will monitor up to 4 tanks)

Page 120: Uflex - Marineclub

119

ULT

RASO

NIC

TA

NK

SEN

DER

TS1 - 66322 WThe new TS1 Ultrasonic Tank Sender can be used on fuel (petrol or diesel), fresh water, grey or black water tanks.One part number suits all tanks!

SPECIFICATIONS:

■ The TS1 is programmable for the following outputs: 240-33 Ohm, 10-180Ohm and 0-5 Volt

■ The TS1 offers low profile and standard SAE 5 hole mounting pattern,allowing it to be retrofitted to practically all other sender brands

■ The TS1 can be programmed for tank dimensions via a computer utilizingBEP Marine’s proprietary TSI software avoiding experimental tank fillingon site

■ The TS1 configured to a 0-5V output will connect straight into the BEP600-TLMN and 600-DCTLM digital tank monitors

■ When configured to a 240-33 Ohm or 10-180 Ohm output the TS1 can beconnected to Uflex®, Wema®, Faria®, VDO®,Teleflex® and many otherpopular instrument brands. When connecting to non-adjustable gaugesthe TS1 must be pre-calibrated

■ Standard off the shelf TSI sender is set for 0-2000 mm (6.5’)

ULTRASONIC TANK SENDER

SPECIFICATIONS Non linear Tank Parameter Calculation

Current draw 10-32VDC

Currentdraw

25mA with 5 volt gauge output

Measurementmethod

Acoustic sonic measurement

Tank depth 0 to 2000mm (6.5 ft)

Accuracy distance 0-2000mm (6.5’) at 2 mm accuracy

Mounting SAE 5 stud mounting

pattern with gasket, seal and screws. Top mount only

Environmental temperature 4 to 65 degrees C

Chemical resistance Petrol, diesel, water, toilet chemicals

Tabk type style Metal and plastic with non linear capacity, grey and blackwater, petrol and diesel

TS1

0,5 m (1.6’) cable

BEP Marines proprietary software allows distributors or volume users topre-programme tank dimensions giving accurate measurement avoidingexperimental tank filling.

low profile

60

Page 121: Uflex - Marineclub

120

SOU

ND

SY

STEM

S A

ND

SPE

AK

ERS

SOUND SYSTEMS AND SPEAKERSSEA 2500S - AM/FM CD RECEIVER■ Pull-out removable chassis■ Manual tuning, high power - 40 Watt per

channel■ Station presets with Tuner Plus™■ LCD readout illuminated■ Separate bass & treble with audio mute■ APS (Automatic Preset Scan)■ Clock■ Preset 18-FM 6-AM■ Approved CESEA 2500S - 66155 D

RADIO COVERSRTR/2000 B BLACK - RTR/2000 W WHITE■ Super deluxe auto opening faceplate cover

with dark tinted, curved retracting shield forshafted models.RTR/5200 B - 60345 ORTR/5200 W - 60324 J

RTR/600 B BLACK■ Radio cover with manual opening system,

available in black only.RTR/600 B - 63105 W

ANTENNASURB/3S B BLACK - URB/3S W WHITE■ AM/FM, 40.6 cm (16”) fully flexible rubber

antenna with 180 degree adjustable base, 137 cm (54”) cable, 35 mm (1 3/8”) base,available in black and white.URB/3S B -60326 LURB/3S W - 63106 Y

SEA/ANT■ Soft wire antenna with plug, included as

standard.SEA/ANT - 60325 K

SEA/5582 W - WHITE SPEAKERS■ 12,7 cm (5”) flush mount coaxial speakers■ 5 oz ferrite magnet coaxial with 1 1/2” tweeter■ High efficiency design■ 40 Watt per channel■ Frequency response 70-16,000 hz■ Mounting Dimensions: Flush Mounting:

114,3 mm (4 1/4”) diameter hole.■ Outer dimensions: Depth 48 mm (1 7/8”),

153 mm (6”) outside diameter.SEA/5582 W - 65714 J

SEA/5632 W - WHITE SPEAKERS■ 6 1/4” flush mount waterproof dual cone

speakers■ 6 oz ferrite magnet■ High efficiency design■ 40 Watt per channel■ Frequency response 60-16,000 hz■ Mounting dimensions: Flash mounting:

133 mm (5 1/4”) diameter hole.■ Outer dimensions: Depth 61 mm (2 3/8”),

outside diameter 168,4 mm (6 5/8”)SEA/5632 W - 60352 N

SEA 2500S

SEA/5582W and SEA/5632W

URB/3S B

URB/3S W

SEA/ANT

RTR/5200 WRTR/5200 B

RTR/600 B

Page 122: Uflex - Marineclub

QUALITY MARINE ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS

SHORE POWER SYSTEMS

121

SHO

RE P

OW

ER S

YST

EMS

QUALITY MARINE ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS

61

Page 123: Uflex - Marineclub

122

SHO

RE P

OW

ER S

YST

EMS

SHORE POWER FEATURES

EASY LOCK™ SYSTEM

Marinco’s exclusive Easy Lock System has beendesigned to make hook-up quick and easy. Justconnect the cordset (with an Easy Lock locking ringinstalled) to the inlet and turn the locking ring lessthan a quarter turn.The tabs on the locking ring lock into the inlet fora positive watertight hook-up while eliminatingany chance of cross threading. The locking ringfeatures lock locators positioned at 180° to improvefinger grip during attachment.Easy Lock inlets have a threaded boss that willaccept threaded cordsets as well.

SOFT TOUCH™ CAP DESIGNMARINCO inlets feature the Soft Touch cap design.The Soft Touch hinge is designed with a special camfeature that allows it to stay “locked” open in theupright position during hook-up. A “soft touvh”unloks it for closing.

PowerCord PLUS® CORDSETThe PowerCord PLUS® has features you will notfind on other cordsets.

Power Indicator lightLED Power indicator light – lets you know if youhave power

Comfort Grip with Thumbprint LocatorMoulded to fit the contour of your hand.Thumbprint Locator lines up the locking blades forquick and easy connections.

- LED Power Indicator Light- Contour Grip Ends- Thumbprint Locator- Super Flexible 10/3 Cable- Easy LockTM System- High Quality Marine Grade Construction- Watertight Molded Plug & Connectors- Includes threaded ring and Easy Lock ring- All PowerCord PLUS cords assembled complete

with Watertight Connector Cap to ensure CEcompliance

- CE marked

Page 124: Uflex - Marineclub

123

SHO

RE P

OW

ER S

YST

EMS

16 AMP/220V & 32 AMP/220V SHORE POWER PRODUCTS

■ 316 Stainless Steel■ Easy Lock System■ Soft Touch cap design■ Rear safety enclosure with

strain relief303SSEL-BX - 66753A - 16A6371EL-BX - 66766K - 32A

■ Glass-filled polyester■ Easy Lock System■ Watertight■ Rear safety enclosure with

strain relief301EL-BX - 66754C -16A6351EL-BX - 66767M - 32A

■ Glass-filled polyester■ Easy Lock System■ Watertight■ Rear safety enclosure w/

strain relief304EL-BX - 66755E - 16A 6343EL-BX - 66768P - 32A

■ Glass-filled polyester■ Chrome plated cover ■ Easy Lock System■ Watertight■ Rear safety enclosure 304EL-BXCR - 66756G - 16A6343EL-BXCR – 66769S - 32A

16 AMP/220V & 32 AMP/220V 50 HZ - POWER INLETS

■ Female Connector■ Corrosion resistant contacts

and terminals 305CRCXN - 66757J - 16A6360CRNX - 66770A - 32A

■ Weatherproof Cover withthreaded ring

■ Use with female connectors103RNX - 66758L - for 16A7715CRNX - 66771C - for 32A

■ Watertight Connector Sealing Cap

■ Use with cover andconnector to ensure CE compliance

199109 - 66759N - for 16A199110 - 66772E - for 32A

16 AMP/220V & 32 AMP/220V - FEMALE CONNECTORS

■ PowerCord™ Cordset■ 3,3 mm² (12/3)■ With Female connector■ Blunt cut male end50PCMX - 66760X - 15,24 m (50 ft)25PCMX - 66761Z - 7,62 m (25 ft)

■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset■ 3,3 mm² (12/3)■ With moulded connector

with LED power indicatorlight

■ Blunt cut male end50SPPX - 66762B - 15,24 m (50 ft)

■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset■ 2,5 mm² (10/3)■ With moulded connector

with LED power indicatorlight and IEC 60309 maleplug (IP44)

■ Watertight connectorsealing cap for CEcompliance

20MSPPXP - 66763D - 20 m (65.6 ft)15MSPPXP - 66764F - 15 m (49.2 ft)10MSPPXP - 66765h - 10 m (32.8 ft)

16 AMP/220V 50 HZ - SHORE POWER CORDSETS

■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset■ 2,5 mm² (10/3)■ With moulded connector

with LED power indicatorlight and IEC 60309 maleplug (IP44)

■ Watertight connectorsealing cap for CEcompliance

15M32AXP – 66773G - 15 m(49.2 ft)

32 AMP/220V 50 HZ - SHORE POWER CORDSET

■ Includes 6 Cable Clips withstainless steel mountingscrews

■ Keeps shore power cableout of the water

■ Holds 10 gauge 30A cable■ Easy to install■ Use on deck or edge of

dock■ Organize shore power cableCLIP – 66825 Z

CABLE CLIP

62

Page 125: Uflex - Marineclub

124

SHO

RE P

OW

ER S

YST

EMS

50 AMP 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE SHORE POWER PRODUCTS

■ Solid cast 316 stainless steel■ Easy Lock System■ Soft Touch cap stays open

in the upright position■ Rear safety enclosure with

strain relief■ Locking waterproof cap6373EL-B – 66774J - 50A

■ Same as 6373EL-B powerinlet, without rear safatyenclosure

6373EL - 66776N - 50A

■ Glass-filled polyester■ Easy Lock System■ Watertight cap■ Rear safety enclosure

w/strain relief ■ Marine stainless steel trim6353EL-B – 66775L - 50A

■ Glass-filled polyester■ Easy Lock System■ Soft Touch cap stays open

in the upright position■ Chrome finish cover■ Rear safety enclosure■ Stainless steel trim 6344EL-BCR – 66777R - 50A

50 AMP 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE - POWER INLETS

■ Male Plug ribbed, thick wallnylon housing for securegripping

■ Use with weatherproof7717N cover for superiorseal

6365CRN – 66778T -50A

■ Weatherproof cover formale plug 6365CRN

7717N – 66822T

■ Female connector ribbed,nylon housing for securegripping

■ Use with weatherproof7715CRN cover for superiorseal

6364CRN – 66779V - 50A

■ Weatherproof cover forfemale connector 6364CRN

7715CRN – 66780D

50 AMP 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE - MALE PLUG AND FEMALE CONNECTOR

■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset ■ LED power indicator light – lets you

know if you have power■ Watertightmolded plug and connector

for safety and durability■ Contoured grip ends with Thumbprint

Locator for fast and esasy connection■ Includes Easy Lock Ring and astandard

threaded ring for hook-up to ordinarythreaded inlets

6152SPP – 66783K – 15,24 m (50 ft)6152SPP-25 – 66784M– 7,62 m (25 ft)

■ Locking with Sealing Collar System510R

165AY – 66781F – 50A

■ Provides maximum moisture protectionbetween cordset and adapter.

510R – 66782H

50 AMP 125/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE

SHORE POWER CORDSET

“Y” ADAPTER SEALING COLLAR WITH THREADED

RING

Page 126: Uflex - Marineclub

125

SHO

RE P

OW

ER S

YST

EMS

63 AMP/220V 50 HZ SHORE POWER PRODUCTS - SINGLE PHASE 3-WIRE,THREE PHASE 4-WIRE

■ Power Inlet■ 316 stainless steel■ Easy Lock System■ Soft Touch cap design■ Rear safety enclosure with

strain relief6401EL-BX – 66785M – 63ASingle Phase, 3-wire6402EL-BX – 66788W – 63AThree Phase, 4-wire

■ Female Connector■ Corrosion resistant contacts

and terminals■ Best when used with

weatherproof cover7715CRNX

6401CRCX – 66786S - 63ASingle Phase, 3-wire6402CRCX – 66789Y - 63A Three Phase, 4-wire

■ Male Plug■ Corrosion resistant

materials■ Best when used with

weatherproof cover7715CRNX

6401CRPX - 66787U - 63ASingle Phase, 3-wire6402CRPX - 66790G - 63AThree Phase, 4-wire

■ Weatherproof cover for 63Amp male plugs and femaleconnectors both single andthree phase

7715CRNX – 66791J

■ Male Plug ribbed for securegripping

■ Compact design305CRPN – 66817A - 30A

■ Weatherproof cover formale plug 305CRPN

102N - 66818C

■ Female Connector ribbedfor secure gripping

■ Compact design305CRCN – 66819E – 30A

■ Weatherproof cover withthreaded ring for femaleconnector 305CRCN

103RN – 66820N

30 AMP/125V SHORE POWER PRODUCTS

100 AMP 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE CONNECTOR AND SHORE POWER INLET■ Gray AMAPLAST shore power

inlet■ Gasketed spring loaded cover

provides an IP67 watertightrating when tightened

M4100B12R – 66793N – 100A

■ Yellow AMAPLAST watertightconnector

■ Body has gasketed lockingring to mate with theM4100B12R inlet

M4100C12R – 66792L – 100A

100 AMP/380V; 4 POLE, 5-WIRE CONNECTOR AND SHORE POWER INLET■ Gray AMAPLAST shore power inlet■ Gasketed spring loaded cover

provides an IP67 watertight ratingwhen tightened

M5100B9R – 667935T – 100A

■ Yellow AMAPLAST watertightconnector

■ Body has gasketed lockingring to mate with theM5100B9R inlet

M5100C9R – 66794R- 100A

■ Male Plug ribbed, thick wallnylon housing for securegripping

■ Use with weatherproof7717N cover for superiorseal

6361CRN – 66821R - 50A■ Weatherproof cover for

male plug 6361CRN7717N – 66822T

■ Female connector ribbed,nylon housing for securegripping

■ Use with weatherproof7715CRN cover for superiorseal

6360CRN – 68823V - 50A■ Weatherproof cover for

female connector 6360CRN7715CRN – 66780D

50 AMP/125V; 2 POLE, 3-WIRE SHORE POWER PRODUCTS

63

Page 127: Uflex - Marineclub

126

SHO

RE P

OW

ER S

YST

EMS

■ 316 stainless steel inlet ■ Locking waterproof cap■ Soft Touch cap design■ Watertight rear boot

(PH/TV inlet only)PH6592TV-SS - 66796VPhone and Cable TV InletTV6592 - 66796VCable TV Inlet

■ Contoured glass-filledpolyester inlet

■ Watertight cap■ Soft Touch cap design■ Stainless steel trim on capPH6444TV – 66800GPhone and Cable TV InletTV6444 - 66801JCable TV Inlet

■ Standard glass-filledpolyester inlet

■ Watertight cap■ Stainless steel trim on capPH6574TV – 66798ZPhone and Cable TV InletTV6574 - 66799BCable TV Inlet

■ Female Phone ConnectorWith cover

PH6629 – 66848M

PHONE AND CABLE TV INLETS

12V DC Receptacle■ Watertight sealing cap■ Easy to install with supplied

mounting plate for frontpanel installation, orlocking ring for rear accessinstallation

■ Compatible with standard12V plugs

12VRC – 66414B

12V DC Sealed Receptacle■ Ideal for vertical

installations in wetenvironments

■ Sealed seams at electricalconnections

■ 4mm hole directs wateraway from electricalconnections

■ Mounting plate notincluded

12VRCY.OEM – 66156F

Mounting Plate■ For Sealed Receptacle

12VRCY.OEM12MP.OEM – 66809B

12V DC Plug■ Moisture proof sealing ring■ LED power indicator light■ Interchangeable 10A fuse■ Internal strain relief and

cord seal■ Compatible with standard

12V receptacles12VPG – 66415D

SeaLink® 12 VOLT RECEPTACLE AND PLUG

PHONE AND CABLE TV CORDSETSTV Cable Cordset■ Standard 75 Ohm, with quick,

slip-on connections and heavyduty boots included on bothends

TV99 – 66804R - 15,24 m (50 ft)TV99-25 - 66805T - 7,62 m (25 ft)TV99-12 -66806V - 3,65 m (12 ft)

Telephone Cordset■ 3 conductor vinyl cord provides

portable connection for RVs andpleasure boats

PH6599 – 66802L - 15,24 m (50 ft)PH6599-25 – 66803N - 7,62 m (25 ft)PH6599-12 – 66945 K - 3,65 m (12 ft)

SeaLink® ACCESSORIES

12V DC Dual Outlet Cord■ Heavy duty 18 gauge wire,

extends to over 0,3 m (1 ft)■ Watertight cap■ Plug features a LED indicator

light, moisture proof sealingring, strain relief and built-in10A fuse

■ Works with any standard 12Vplug and receptacle

12VAD – 66811M

12V DC Extension Cord■ Heavy duty 18 gauge wire,

extends to over 1,8 m (6 ft)■ Watertight cap ■ Plug features a LED indicator

light, moisture proof sealingring, strain relief and built-in 10Afuse

■ Works with any standard 12Vplug and receptacle

12VXT – 66810K

Page 128: Uflex - Marineclub

127

ENER

GY

UN

LIM

ITED

64

Page 129: Uflex - Marineclub

128

BATT

ERY

CH

ARG

ERS

BLUE POWER BATTERY CHARGERS - WATERPROOFBlue Power battery chargers have automatic three stage IUoUocharging. The casing is made of cast aluminium and they arewaterproof (protection IP 65), schockproof and ignition protected.

Standard featuresProtection against battery reverse polarity, output short circuit andover temperature; operating temperature range -20 to +60°C; red andblack battery connection cables of 1.5 m of length; connection cable of1,5 m with Europe class 1 plug, two LED’s for status indication.

BLUE POWER IP 67

BLUE POWER BATTERY CHARGER IP20Universal input: 90-265 VAC or 90-350 VDCThe charger will operate on whatever supply is available

Standard features Adaptive 4-stage charge characteristic: bulk- absorption-float-storage.The Blue Power charger features a microprocessor controlled ‘adaptive’battery management. The ‘adaptive’ feature will automaticallyoptimise the charging process relative to the way the battery is beenused.

BATTERY CHARGERS

BLUE POWER IP 20

INPUT VOLTAG CHARGE VOLTAGE CHARGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE ABSORPTION CURRENT H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.312/7 IP20 65626 M

90-350V DC / 45-65Hz14,4V DC 7A

(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)

90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.312/10 IP20 65627 P

90-350V DC / 45-65Hz14,4V DC 10A

(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)

90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.312/15 IP20 65571 N

90-350V DC / 45-65Hz14,4V DC 15A

(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)

90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.324/5 IP20 65628 S

90-350V DC / 45-65Hz28,8V DC 5A

(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)

90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 50x85x200 1.324/8 IP20 65577 B

90-350V DC / 45-65Hz28,8V DC 8A

(0.2x3.3x7.8) (2.8)

INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE VOLTAGE CHARGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE ABSORPTION CURRENT H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

43x80x155 1.112/7 IP67 66009 S 200-265V AC / 45-65Hz 14,4V DC 7A

(1.7x3.1x6.1) (2.4)

47x99x193 1.412/17 IP67 66405 A 200-265V AC / 45-65Hz 14,4V DC 17A

(1.9x3.9x7.6) (3.1)

43x80x155 1.424/3 IP67 66406 C 200-265V AC / 45-65Hz 28,8V DC 3A

(1.7x3.1x6.1) (2.4)

47x99x193 1.424/12 IP67 66035 T 200-265V AC / 45-65Hz 28,8V DC 12A

(1.9x3.9x7.6) (3.1)

Page 130: Uflex - Marineclub

129

BATT

ERY

CH

ARG

ERS

BATTERY CHARGERS

CENTAUR BATTERY CHARGERS - ANALOGIC CONTROLCentaur battery chargers have automatic three stage IUoUo charging.All models are designed to operate all over the world without anyadjustment needed on input voltage range or frequency.

They have three isolated outputs to simultaneously charge 3 batterybanks. Each output is capable to supply the full rated current.

Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, built-in temperature sensors, forcedcooling, protection against output short circuit and over temperature,analog ammeter, DIP switch for selection of charge/float voltage forflooded lead-acid, gel or AGM batteries, Europe CE certification andU.S.A. UL certification, feeder function.Temperature range: -20 + 60° C CENTAUR

(1) 100 % output up to 40°C, 80% nominal output at 50°C and 60% of nominal at 60°C.

INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE VOLTAGE CHARGE Ah DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE ABSORPTION CURRENT(1) BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

355x215x110 3.812/20 64886 K 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 20 A 80 /200

(14.0x8.5x4.3) (8.4)

355x215x110 3.812/30 64887 M 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 30 A 120/300

(14.0x8.5x4.3) (8.4)

426x239x135 5 12/40 64888 P 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 40 A 160/400

(16.8x9.4x5.3) (11)

426x239x135 512/50 64889 S 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 50 A 200/500

(16.8x9.4x5.3x) (11)

426x239x135 512/60 64890 A 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 60 A 240/600

(16.8x9.4x5.3) (11)

505x255x130 1212/80 64891 C 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 80 A 320/800

(19.9x10.0x5.2) (26.4)

505x255x130 1212/100 64892 E 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 100 A 400/1000

(19.9x10.0x5.2) (26.4)

505x255x230 1612/200 64893 G 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14.3V DC 200 A 800/2000

(19.9x10.0x9.1) (35.3)

355x215x110 3.824/16 64894 J 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 16 A 45/150

(14.0x8.5x4.3) (8.4)

426x239x135 5 24/30 64895 L 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 30 A 120/300

(16.8x9.4x5.3) (11)

505x255x130 1224/40 64896 N 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 40 A 160/400

(19.9x10.0x5.2) (26.4)

505x255x130 1224/60 64897 R 90-265V AC / 5-65 Hz 28.5V DC 60 A 240/600

(19.9x10.0x5.2) (26.4)

505x255x230 1624/80 64898 T 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 80 A 320/800

(19.9x10.0x9.1) (35.3)

505x255x230 1624/100 64899 V 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 100 A 400/1000

(19.9x10.0x9.1) (35.3)

65

Page 131: Uflex - Marineclub

130

BATT

ERY

CH

ARG

ERS

BATTERY CHARGERS

SKYLLA BATTERY CHARGERS - MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLSkylla battery chargers have automatic three stage IUoUo charging.They are designed for use on battery banks with 24Vcc / 48Vcc.

They have two outputs, two full charge output and one oputputlimited to 4 A

Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, built-in temperature sensors, forcedcooling, protection against output short circuit and over temperature,battery temperature sensor, compensation on cable voltage fall, feederfunction. SKYLLA

PHOENIX BATTERY CHARGERS - MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLPhoenix automatic battery chargers with microprocessor can suitperfectly and automatically the charge for the batteries. During the 4charge stages (bulk-absorption-float-storage) the battery charger willmaintain the optimal charge depending on battery status and use.

Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, built-in temperature sensors, forcedcooling, protection against output short circuit and over temperature,battery temperature sensor, compensation on cable voltage fall, twofull charge output and one oputput limited to 4 A, RS-485 data portfor computer connection, feeder function.

PHOENIX

(1) 100 % output up to 40°C, 80% nominal output at 50°C and 60% of nominal at 60°C

INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE VOLTAGE CHARGE Ah DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE ABSORPTION CURRENT(1) BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

365x250x147 5.5TG 24/30 64904 J 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 30 A 150/300 (14.4x9.9x5.8) (12.1)

TG 24/30 365x250x147 6GMDSS 66036 V 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 30 A 150/300 (14.4x9.9x5.8) (13.2)

365x250x147 5.5TG 24/50 64905 L 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 50 A 250/500 (14.4x9.9x5.8) (12.1)

350x250x257 10TG 24/80 64906 N 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 80 A 400/800 (14.4x9.9x10.1) (22)

365x250x257 10TG 24/100 64907 R 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 100 A 500/1000 (14.4x9.9x10.1) (22)

TG 24/100 515x260x265 233 fasi 64908 T 320-450V AC / 45-65 Hz 28.5V DC 100 A 500/1000 (20.0x10.2x10.4) (48)

365x250x147 5.5TG 48/25 64909 V 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 57V DC 25 A 125/250 (14.4x9.9x5.8) (12.1)

365x250x257 10TG 48/50 64910 D 185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 57V DC 50 A 250/500 (14.4x9.9x10.1) (22)

INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE CHARGE Ah DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. RANGE VOLTAGE CURRENT(1) BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

(Absorption)

12/30 64900 A 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14,4V DC 30 A (x2) + 4 A 100/400 350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3) 3.8 (8.4)

12/50 64901 C 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 14,4V DC 50 A (x2) + 4 A 200/800 350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3) 3.8 (8.4)

24/16 64902 E 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28,8V DC 16 A (x2) + 4 A 100/200 350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3) 3.8 (8.4)

24/25 64903 G 90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz 28,8V DC 25 A (x2) + 4 A 100/400 350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3) 3.8 (8.4)

(1) 100 % output up to 40°C, 80% nominal output at 50°C and 60% of nominal at 60°C

Page 132: Uflex - Marineclub

131

INPUT VOLTAGE CONT. OUTPUT PEAK MAX EFFIC DIMENSIONS WEIGHT MOD. PART No. RANGE V DC POWER - VA(1) POWER - W % H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

C12/1200 64918 W 9,5 – 16,0 1200 2200 93 375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3) 10 (22)

C12/1600 64919 Y 9,5 – 16,0 1600 2300 93 375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3) 10(22)

C12/2000 66407 E 9,5 – 16,0 2000 4000 93 520x255x125 (20.5x10.0x4.9) 13 (28.6)

12/3000(2) 66037 X 9,5 – 16,0 3000 6000 93 362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)

C24/1200 64921 J 19,5 – 33,0 1200 2200 94 375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3) 10 (22)

C24/1600 64922 L 19,5 – 33,0 1600 3000 94 375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3) 10 (22)

C24/2000 66408 G 19,5 – 33,0 2000 4000 94 520x255x125 (20.5x10.0x4.9) 13 (28.6)

24/3000(2) 64923 N 19,5 – 33,0 3000 6000 94 362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)

24/5000(2) 66244 C 19,5 – 33,0 5000 10.000 94 444x328x240 (17.5x12.9x9.4) 28 (61.7)

INV

ERTE

RS

PHOENIX INVERTERS

PHOENIX INVERTER UP TO 750 VA

Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, forced cooling with temperature sensors,remote connector, battery cables (1.5 m), output short circuit protection,over temperature protection.

Developed for professional duty, Phoenix pure sine inverters are suitable for the widest range of applications. The design criteria have been to produce a true sine wave inverter with optimised efficiency without compromise inperformance. Employing hybrid HF technology, the result is a top quality product with compact dimensions, light inweight and capable of supplying power, problem-free, to any load. A unique feature of the SinusMax technology is veryhigh start-up power. Phoenix inverters, in fact, are well suited to power up difficult loads such as: refrigerationcompressors, electric motors and similar applications. Conventional high frequency technology does not offer suchextreme performance.

PHOENIX up to 750 VA

INPUT VOLTAGE CONT. OUTPUT PEAK MAX EFFIC. DIMENSIONS WEIGHT MOD. PART No. RANGE V DC POWER - VA(1) POWER - W % H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

12/180 Schuko 64911 F 10,5 – 15,5 180 200 91 72x132x200 (2.8x5.2x7.9) 2.7 (5.9)12/350 Schuko 64912 H 10,5 – 15,5 350 500 90 72x155x237 (2.8x6.1x9.3) 3.5 (7.7)

12/750 Schuko 65400 J 10,5 – 15,5 750 1400 91 72x180x295 (2.8x7.1x11.6) 2.7 (5.9)

24/180 Schuko 64914 M 21,0 – 31,0 180 200 92 72x132x200 (2.8x5.2x7.9) 2.7 (5.9)

24/350 Schuko 64915 P 21,0 – 31,0 350 500 91 72x155x237 (2.8x6.1x9.3) 3.5 (7.7)

24/750 Schuko 65649A 21,0 – 31,0 750 1400 93 72x 180x295 (2.8x7.1x11.6) 2.7 (5.9)

(1) Continuous output power at 25°C

OUT

PUT

: 230

V AC

± 2

%

- 50

Hz ±

2%

OUT

PUT

: 230

V AC

± 2

% -

50 H

z ±

2%

PHOENIX INVERTER 1200 VA

Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, forced cooling with temperaturesensors, protection against: output short circuit, overload, low batteryvoltage, reverse polarity, reverse voltage on output, input voltageripple, high temperature.

PHOENIX 1200 VA

(1) Continuous output power at 25°C (2) Suitable for parallel (max 6 parallel units) and 3-phase operation

66

Page 133: Uflex - Marineclub

NEW

NEW

132

INV

ERTE

R/BA

TTER

Y C

HA

RGER

SMULTI-FUNCTION INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGERS

QUATTRO 5kVA

Two AC inputs with integrated transfer switchThe Quattro can be connected to two independent AC sources, for example shore-sidepower and a generator, or two generators The Quattro will automatically connect to theactive source.

Two AC outputsThe main output has no-break functionality. In the event of a grid failure, or shore orgenerator power being disconnected, the Quattro takes over the supply to the connectedloads. This happens so fast (less then 20 milliseconds) that computers and otherelectronic equipment will continue to operate without disruption. The second output islive only when AC is available on one of the inputs of the Quattro. Loads that shoulddischarge the battery, like a water heater for example can be connected to this output.

Virtually unlimited power thanks to parallel operationUp to 6 Quattro’s can operate in parallel. Six units 24/5000/120, for example, will provide25kW / 30VA output power and 720 Amp charging capacity.

Thee phase capabilityThree units can be configured for three-phase output and up to 6 sets of three units canbe parallel connected to provide 75kW / 90kVA inverter power and more then 2000 Ampcharging capacity.

Power Control - Dealing with limited generator, shore-side or grid powerThe Quattro is a very powerful battery charger. It will therefore draw a lot of currentfrom the generator or shore-side supply (16A per Quattro at 230 VAC). A current limitcan be set for both AC inputs. The Quattro will then take account of the other AC loadsand use whatever is spare for charging, thus preventing the generator or shore supplyfrom being overloaded.

Power Assist – Boosting shore or generator powerWhere peak power is so often required only for a limited period, the Quattro will make sure that insufficient shore or generator power isimmediately compensated for by power from the battery. When the load reduces, the spare power is used to recharge the battery. With thisfeature problems related to insufficient shore or generator power are solved once and for all. Air conditioning, an electric hob, a washingmachine, a dish washer: a 16A shore connection, or even less then16A, will not limit you in any way.

PHOENIX EASYPLUSThe Poenix EasyPlus is a multifunctional energy system:12 Volt 1600VA sine wave inverter (3000 Watt peak power) and70A charger including 4A trickle charge for start battery.Unique PowerAssist© technology protects the shore or generatorfrom being overloaded by adding extra inverter power when needed.4 stage adaptive charge technology for quick and accurate batterycharging.RCD (30mA/16A) on AC output.Two Ac output sockets protected by 16A automatic circuit breakersfor optimum safety. Second AC output active only when shore power is available.No-break system: uninterrupted switching between shore/generatorand inverter.Battery cables and remote panel included.

QUATTRO5kVA

PHOENIXEASYPLUS

DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMODEL PART No. H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

EP C 12/1600/70-16 64948 F 510x214x110 (20x8.4x4.3) 11,7 (25,8)

INPUT CONT. BATTERY CHARGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT MODEL PART No. VOLTAGE OUTPUT INPUT VOLTAGE CHARGE H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

RANGE POWER (1) RANGE CURRENT

14.4V DC (absorption) 362x258x218 19,012/3000/120-50-30 66880 M 9,5 - 17 3000

13.8V DC (float)120A

(14.3x10.1x8.6) (41.8)

28.8V DC (absorption) 362x258x218 19,024/3000/70-50-30 66881 K 19 - 33 3000

27.6V DC (float)70A

(14.3x10.1x8.6) (41.8)

28.8V DC (absorption) 444x328x240 30.024/5000/120-2X30 66097 S 19 - 33 5000

27.6V DC (float)120A

(17.4x12.9x9.4) (66.1)

(1) Continuous output power at 25°C

OUTP

UT: 2

30V A

C ± 2%

Page 134: Uflex - Marineclub

133

INV

ERTE

R/BA

TTER

Y C

HA

RGER

S

PHOENIX MULTI-FUNCTION INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGERS - PLUS SERIES

PHOENIX MULTIPhoenix Multi inverter/battery charger gets its name from the multiplefunctions it can perform. It is a powerful true sine wave inverter, asophisticated battery charger that features adaptive chargetechnology, and a high-speed AC transfer switch in a single compactenclosure. It is designed by using the best technology and materials;the result is a powerful true sine wave inverter (Phoenix Inverter) anda powerful and reliable four stage adaptive charger.

PHOENIX MULTIPLUSThe Plus function is available for some Phoenix Multi models (seetable) and allows fully automatic integration to the main energysource (battery bank or generator) if load absorption exceed itscapacity. In the event of a grid failure, or shore or generator power beingdisconnected, the inverter within the Multi is automatically activatedand takes over the supply to the connected loads. This happens so fast(20 milliseconds) that computers and other electronic equipment willcontinue to operate without disruption. This is one of the mostimportant advantage of the Plus function.

PHOENIX MULTIPLUS

(1) Continuous output power at 25°C (2) Suitable for parallel (max 6 parallel units) and 3-phase operation

For a better use of all Phoenix MultiPlus systems, it is necessary to install the Multi Control 16/32 or the Digital MultiControl remote control. It offers power control and power assist (page 137).

PLUS INPUT CONT. OUTPUT BATTERY CHARGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMODEL PART No. FUNCTION VOLTAGE POWER(1) OUTPUT INPUT CHARGE H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

RANGE V A VOLTAGE RANGE CURRENT

375x214x110 10MC 12/800/35-16 64927 X n.a. 9,5 – 16 800 35 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)

375x214x110 10MP C12/1200/50-16 64932 P std. 9,5 – 16 1200 50 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)

375x214x110 10MP C12/1600/70-16 64933 S std. 9,5 – 16 1600 70 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)

362x258x218 18MP C12/2000/80-30 64936 Y std. 9,5 – 16 2000 80 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)

362x258x218 18MP 12/3000/120-16(2) 64938 C std. 9,5 – 16 3000 120 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)

362x258x218 18MP 12/3000/120-50(2) 66875 R std. 9,5 – 16 3000 120 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)

362x258x218 18MC 24/800/16-16 64929 B n.a. 9,5 – 16 800 16 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)

375x214x110 10MP C24/1200/25-16 64940 N std. 19,5 – 33 1200 25 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)

375x214x110 10 MP C24/1600/40-16 64941 R std. 19,5 – 33 1600 40 A (14.7x8.4x4.3) (22)

362x258x218 18MP C24/2000/50-30 65725 P std. 19,5 – 33 2000 50 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)

362x258x218 18 MP 24/3000/70-16(2) 64944 X std. 19,5 – 33 3000 70 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7)

362x258x218 18MP 24/3000/70-50(2) 64945 Z std. 19,5 – 33 3000 70 A (14.2x10.1x8.6) (39.7))

230V

AC

± 2%

50

Hz

± 2%

187-

265

V A

C /

45-5

5 H

z

Standard featuresAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit board protection with an acrylic coating, forced coolingwith temperature sensors, protection against: output short circuit, overload, low battery voltage, high battery voltage,reverse polarity, reverse voltage on output, input voltage ripple, high temperature, 16 A relay for fast switching (20 ms)of the line.

67

Page 135: Uflex - Marineclub

134

DC-

DC

CON

VER

TERS

ORION DC-DC CONVERTERS

Orion DC/DC Converters are designed to deliver a stable 12 Volt supply from a 24 Volt system. An inferior supply cancause irreparable damage to 12 Volt system, but the use of an Orion voltage converter prevents such problems. Next toconverters from 24V to 12V, a wide range of other models is available.

ORION DC-DC ORION DC-DC ISOLATED

ISOLATION TRANSFORMERSThe isolation transformer eliminates any electrical continuity betweenAC shore power and the ship. It is essential for safety and eliminatesthe need for galvanic isolators and polarity alarms. The shore power isfed to the primary side of the transformer and the ship is connected tothe secondary. The isolation transformer completely isolates the boatfrom the shore ground. By connecting all metal parts to the neutraloutput on the secondary side of the transformer, a GFCI (ground faultcurrent interrupter) will trip or a fuse will blow in case of a shortcircuit.

FeaturesAluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit boardprotection with an acrylic coating, toroidal transformer.

ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

NON ISOLATED ORION CONVERTERS

MODEL PART No. WATTAGE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTH x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

2000 W 115/230 V 64969 P 2000 W 375x214x110 (14.8x8.4x4.3) 10 (22.0)

3600W 115/230 V 64970 Y 3600 W 362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.5) 23 (50.7)

7000W 230 V 64972 C 7000 W 362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.5) 24 (52.9)

INPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT MAX OUTPUT TEMPERATURE DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMODEL PART No. RANGE - Vcc VOLTAGE - VDC CURRENT CONTROL H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

Orion 24/12-5 64949 H 18-35 13,2 5.5 no 49x88x68 (1.9x3.5x2.7) 0.17 (0.37)

Orion 24/12-8 64950 S 18-35 13,2 8 no 49x88x98 (1.9x3.5x3.9) 0.25 (0.55)

Orion 24/12-12 64951 U 20-35 13,2 12 no 49x88x98 (1.9x3.5x3.9) 0.26 (0.57)

Orion 24/12-20 64952 W 20-35 13,8 20 no 49x88x126 (1.9x3.5x5.0) 0.48 (1.1)

Orion 24/12-30 64953 Y 20-35 13,8 30 si 49x88x151 (1.9x3.5x5.9) 0.60 (1.3)

Orion 24/12-60 64954 A 20-35 13,8 60 si 88x100x180 (3.5x4.0x7.0) 1.20 (2.6)

Orion 12/24-7 64955 C 9-18 24 7 no 49x88x98 (1.9x3.5x3.9) 0.30 (0.7)

Orion 12/24-10 64956 E 9-18 24 10 no 49x88x126 (1.9x3.5x5.0) 0.40 (0.9)

ISOLATED (xx = input: 2,24 V DC - yy = output: 12 or 24 V DC

Orion xx/yy-100 - 12-24 12,5/24 100 W no 49x88x152 (1.9x3.5x6.0) 0.50 (1.1)

Orion xx/yy-200 - 12-24 12,5/24 200 W si 49x88x182 (1.9x3.5x7.2) 0.60 (1.3)

Orion xx/yy-360 - 12-24 12,5/24 360 W si 64x163x160 (2.5x6.4x6.3) 1.40 (3.1)

ISOLATED ORION CONVERTERS

Page 136: Uflex - Marineclub

135Battery isolators allow simultaneous charging of two or more batteries from one alternators,without connecting the batteries together. Discharging the accessory battery for example willnot result in also discharging the starter battery.

ACC

ESSO

RIES

ACCESSORIES

BATTERY ISOLATORS

BMV 600 AND BMV 602 BATTERY MONITORSThe BMV 600 and BMV 602 features an advanced microprocessorcontrol system combined with high resolution measuring systems forbattery voltage and charge/discharge current. It can display: voltage,charge/discharge current, state of charge of the battery (in Ah or %),remaining charge. Standard with connection cables and shunt.

Mounting hole: 52mm (2”)

BMV 600 - 66164 E - monitoring1 batteryBMV 602 - 66409 J - monitoring 2 batteries

ARGO – DIODE BATTERY ISOLATORSThe Argo battery isolators feature a low voltage drops thanks tom the use of Schottky diodes:at low current the voltage drop is approximately 0,3V and at the rated output approximately0,45V. All models are fitted with a compensation diode that can be used to slightly increase theoutput voltage of the alternator. This compensates for the voltage drop over the diodes in theisolator.

ARGO FET BATTERY ISOLATORS: NO VOLTAGE LOSSDifferently from diode battery isolators, FET isolators have virtually no voltageloss. Voltage drop is less then 0,02 Volt at low current and averages 0,1 Volt athigher currents.When using ARGO FET battery isolators, there is no need to also increase theoutput voltage of the alternator. Care should be taken however to keep cablelengths short and of sufficient cross section.

BMV 600 / BMV602

ARGO

ARGO FET

MAX CHARGE ALTERNATOR No. of DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. CURRENT MAX CURRENT BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

60x120x80 0.8702SC 64983 H 50A 70A 2 (2.4x4.7x3.2) (1.8)

60x120x150 1.2903SC 64984 K 70A 90A 3 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)

60x120x100 0.81202SC 64985 M 100A 120A 2 (2.4x4.7x3.9) (1.8)

60x120x150 1.21203SC 64986 P 100A 120A 3 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)

60x120x150 1.21602SC 64987 S 130A 160A 2 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)

60x120x200 51603SC 64988 U 130A 160A 3 (2.4x4.7x7.9) (3.3)

MAX CHARGE ALTERNATOR No. of DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. CURRENT MAX CURRENT BATTERIES H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

60x120x150 1.21002-FET 64989 W 100A 100A 2 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)

60x120x150 1.21003-FET 64990 E 100A 100A 3 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)

60x120x150 1.22002-FET 64991 G 200A 200A 2 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)

60x120x150 1.22003-FET 64992 J 200A 200A 3 (2.4x4.7x6.0) (2.6)

68

Page 137: Uflex - Marineclub

136

ACC

ESSO

RIES

BP-40i and BP-60i BP-200i

CONTINUOUS CONNECT DISCONNECT DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMODEL PART No. CURRENT VOLTAGE VOLTAGE H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

A V

46x46x80 0.11X80/24 64994 N 80 26.4 25.6 (1.8x1.8x3.2) (0.24)

13÷13.8V 11÷12.8V 46x46x80 0.11Xi 12/24-100 66245 E 100 e 26÷27.6V e 22÷25.7V (1.8x1.8x3.2) (0.24)

46x93x96 0.3X 160/12 64995 R 160 13.2 12.8 (1.8x3.7x3.8) (0.7)

46x93x96 0.3X 160/24 64996 T 160 26.4 25.6 (1.8x3.7x3.8) (0.7)

78x102x110 0.9X 400/12 64997 V 400 13.2 12.8 (3.1x4.0x4.4) (2.0)

78x102x110 0.9X 400/24 64998 X 400 26.4 25.6 (3.1x4.0x4.4) (2.0)

CIRYX – MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLED BATTERY COMBINER

BATTERY PROTECTION

No voltage lossCyrix battery separators are an excellent replacementfor diode isolators. The main feature is that there isvirtually no voltage loss so that the output voltage ofalternators or battery chargers does not need to beincreased.

Prioritising the starter batteryIn a typical setup the alternator is directly connectedto the starter battery. The accessory battery andpossibly also a bow thruster and other batteries areeach connected to the starter battery by Ciryx batterycombiners.When a Ciryx senses that the starter battery hasreached its connect voltage will engage, to allow forparallel charging of the other batteries.

Bidirectional voltage sensingThe Ciryx senses the voltage of both connectedbatteries. It will therefore also engage if for examplethe accessory battery has been charged by a batterycharger.

Parallel connection in case of emergencyThe Cyrix can also be engaged with a switch toconnect manually batteries in parallel. This isespecially useful in case of emergency when thestarter battery is discharged or damaged.

12/24V auto ranging with Cyrix-iThe Cyrix-i 12/24-100 automatically detects systemvoltage.

The Cyrix battery combiner is a microprocessor controlled heavy duty relay that automatically connects batteries in parallel when one ofthem has reached a preset voltage (indicating that the battery has been charged) and disconnects when the voltage decreases below floatlevel (indicating that one or more batteries have been discharged).

The Victron battery protection disconnects thebattery from non essencial loads bifore it iscompletely discharged (which would damagethe battery) or bifore it has insufficient powerleft to crank the engine.

MAX CONTINUOUS PEAK OPERATING LOAD DISCONNECT DIMENSIONS WEIGHTMOD. PART No. CURRENT CURRENT VOLTAGE RANGE DELAY H x W x D mm (“) kg (lbs)

80x60x40 0.2BP-40i 66038 Z 40A 120A 6-35V 1 minute (3.2x2.4x1.6) (0.5)

80x60x40 0.2BP-60i 65000 S 60A 120A 6-35V 1 minute (3.2x2.4x1.6) (0.5)

60x120x110 0.8BP-200i 66246 G 200A 480A 6-35V 1 minute (2.4x4.7x4.3) (1.8)

CYRIX

Page 138: Uflex - Marineclub

newnew

137

ACC

ESSO

RIES

REMOTE CONTROL PANELS AND CONNECTION CABLES

PHOENIX CCVE.Bus Multi Control

MODEL PART No. DESCRIPTION

DMC 66717 W Digital Multi Control

VE.Bus MC 16/200A 66247 J VE.Bus Multi Control 16/200A panel

VE.Bus MC 30/200A 66248 L VE.Bus Multi Control 30/200A panel

Phoenix DUO MC-16A 65003 Y Phoenix DUO Multi Control 16A panel

Phoenix DUO MC-30A 65004 A Phoenix DUO Multi Control 30A panel

Phoenix CC Inverter 65005 C Phoenix Inverter Control panel

Phoenix RC Inverter 66202 K Remote Control for 750VA Phoenix Inverter - 3m cable

Phoenix CC Charger 65006 E Phoenix Charger Control panel

Skylla CC 65007 G Skylla Control panell

CW 65008 J On-Off Skylla switch

BA 65009 L Battery alarm panel

CONTROL PANELS

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH66138 D Filax transfer switch CE 50Hz (up to 3500W)shore/inverter

MODEL PART No. DESCRIPTION

UTP-5 65010 V UTP 5 m cable

UTP-10 65011 X UTP 10 m cable

UTP-15 65012 Z UTP 15 m cable

UTP-20 65013 B UTP 20 m cable

UTP-25 65014 D UTP 25 m cable

UTP-30 65015 F UTP 30 m cable

3-PH 65017 K Connection Kit in 3-phase operation

RS232/MK.2b 65018 M Connection Kit RS232/MK.2b Victron Interface

USB/RS232 65019 P Converter USB/RS232

CABLES AND CONNECTION KITS

■ Stainless steel male plug, 3 poles with cover IP67 rating

MP16-10 – 66730M – 16AMP32-10 – 66731P – 32A

DMC - Digital Multi Control

■ Waterproof IP67 shore power cable complete with plugand connector

■ LED power indicator light■ Protection cap on female connector■ Stainless steel male plug■ CE certified

SHORE CABLES WITH MOULDED PLUG AND CONNECTOR

MODEL

2821

2822

Part No.

66732 S

66738 E

DESCRIPTION

Shore Power Cord 3x2,5 - 15m (49.2’) 16A/250V

Shore Power Cord 3x2,5 - 25m (82.0’) 16A/250A

2836

2832

66733 U

66739 G

Shore Power Cord 3x4 - 15m (49.2’) 32A/250V

Shore Power Cord 3x4 - 25m (82.0’) 32A/250A

SHORE POWER CABLES WITHOUT TERMINALS

MODEL

70031/50

70032/50

Part No.

66824 X

66826 B

DESCRIPTION

Shore Power Cord 3 x 2,5 mm² - 50m spool

Shore Power Cord 3 x 4,0 mm² - 50m spool

70033/50

70034/50

66827 D

66828 F

Shore Power Cord 3 x 6,0 mm² - 50m spool

Shore Power Cord 3 x 10,0 mm² - 50m spool

16AMP/250V & 32AMP/250V - SHORE POWER CABLES

69

Page 139: Uflex - Marineclub

138

BATT

ERIE

SBATTERIES

AGM

GEL

Deep cycle AGM batteries are more suitable for short-time delivery of very high currents (engine starting) than gelbatteries. Life: 7 – 10 years

*value for 10 hours of discharging

GEL deep cycle batteries. Life: 12 years

AGM Type PART No. CAPACITY* DIMENSIONS WEIGHTW x D x H mm (“) kg (lbs)

12/12 65020 Y 12 Ah 151x98x101 (5.9x3.8x4.0) 4.1 (9.0)

12/35 65021 A 35 Ah 197x130x180 (7.7x5.1x7.1) 11 (24.2)

12/55 65022 C 55 Ah 299x138x230 (11.7x5.4x9.0) 20 (44.0)

12/60 65023 E 60 Ah 260x168x233 (10.2x6.6x9.2) 21 (46.3)

12/80 65024 G 80 Ah 260x168x233 (10.2x6.6x9.2) 27 (59.5)

12/100 65645 S 100 Ah 224x171x330 (8.8x6.7x13.0) 33 (72.7)

12/120 65025 J 120 Ah 409x176x225 (16.1x6.9x8.8) 38 (83.7)

12/150 65026 L 150 Ah 485x172x240 (19.1x6.7x9.4) 47 (103.6)

12/200 65027 N 200 Ah 522x238x238 (20.5x9.3x9.3) 65 (143.0)

GEL Type PART No. CAPACITY* DIMENSIONS WEIGHTW x D x H mm (“) kg (lbs)

12/55 65028 R 55 Ah 299x138x230 (11.7x5.4x9.0) 20 (44.0)

12/60 65029 T 60 Ah 260x168x233 (10.2x6.6x9.2) 21 (46.3)

12/80 65030 B 80 Ah 260x168x233 (10.2x6.6x9.2) 26 (57.3)

12/100 65646 U 100 Ah 224x171x330 (8.8x6.7x12.9) 33 (72.7)

12/120 65031 D 120 Ah 409x176x225 (16.1x6.9x8.8) 38 (83.7)

12/150 65032 F 150 Ah 485x172x240 (19.1x6.7x9.4) 48 (103.6)

12/200 65033 H 200 Ah 522x238x238 (20.5x9.3x9.3) 66 (143.0)

GEL 2 V DC Type PART No. CAPACITY* DIMENSIONS WEIGHTW x D x H mm (“) kg (lbs)

2/800 65034 K 800 Ah 710x215x193 (27.9x8.5x7.6) 56 (123.4)

2/1000 65035 M 1000 Ah 710x215x235 (27.9x8.5x9.2) 68 (150)

2/1500 65036 P 1500 Ah 855x215x277 (33.6x8.5x10.9) 109 (240)

2/2000 65037 S 2000 Ah 815x215x400 (32.1x8.5x15.7) 138 (304)

2/3000 65038 U 3000 Ah 815x215x580 (32.1x8.5x22.8) 202 (445)

*value for 10 hours of discharging

GEL long life 2Vcc batteries with lead calcium grids. Life: 20 years.

*value for 10 hours of discharging

Page 140: Uflex - Marineclub

139

MER

MA

ID -

MA

RIN

E A

IR70

Page 141: Uflex - Marineclub

140

MER

MA

ID –

CO

MPA

CT A

IR C

ON

DIT

ION

ERS

Mermaid has been one of the first airconditioning system manufacturers employingfor their units the very quiet, compact andreliable rotation compressors.

The innovative choice to place condensationpan only near evaporator allows to avoidcontact with water and/or moisture of electricand/or sensitive elements which could bedamaged.

Thermostats and electric control elements arestandard and very easy to find on the market.

All models are delivered with built in digitalthermostat and a clear and completeinstallation and operation manual.

Furthermore Uflex gives a large series ofaccessories to customize the system to theboat where has to be installed.

Warranty: 2 years

MERMAID®

COMPACT AIR CONDITIONERS(SELF CONTAINED)

FEATURES M6 M9 M12 M16 M24

Part No. (right air outlet) 66219 D 66220 M 66221 P 66222 S 66561 R

Part No. (left air outlet) 66545 T 66546 V 66543 N 66544 R N. D.

Capacity Btu/hr 6.500 9.000 12.000 16.500 24.000

Kcal/hr 1.638 2.260 3.023 4.160 6.050

Power absorption kW 0,825 0,880 1,254 1,485 2,5

Return grille minimum

surface area cm2460 640 770 930 1.100

Supply grille minimum

surface area cm2200 300 450 500 900

Air flow cfm 265 320 382 485 820

m3/hr 450 540 650 825 1.393

Collar diameter mm (“) 100 (4) 150 (6) 150 (6) 150 (6) 200 (8)

Water flow l/min 15 15 20 22 32

Height cm (“) 29.2 (11.5) 29.2 (11.5) 34.9 (13.7) 34.9 (13.7) 34.9 (13.7)

Length cm (“) 40.6 (16.0) 40.6 (16.0) 50.2 (19.8) 50.2 (19.8) 58.4 (23.0)

Depth cm (“) 29.2 (11.5) 29.2 (11.5) 33 (13.0) 34.3 (13.5) 43.2 (17.0)

Weight kg (lbs) 20.2 (45) 21.7 (48) 29.7 (66) 30.6 (68) 41,5 (92)

WHEN SELECTING THE SEA WATER PUMP, PLEASE CONSIDER THAT THE PIPE LENGTH AFFECTS FLOW RATE: A LENGTH OFABOUT 3 m (9.8’) ARE EQUIVALENT TO 30 cm (11.8”) OF HEAD.

M9-R

FX-1 - 66562 T

Page 142: Uflex - Marineclub

141

MER

MA

ID –

CO

MPA

CT A

IR C

ON

DIT

ION

ERS

Smallest footprint on the market and weighs in at 31.5lbs. for the unit, and 4.7 lbs for electrical box. This unithas a rotatable blower and tapers down to a “V” shapefor those odd angle discharge installations. We use 4”ducting and recommend a minimum of 2,4” round supplygrills with this installation.

This unit will run off the new Honda eu1000i 1,000 wattportable generator, while in cool mode. Another option isto use a Victron 1,000 watt inverter and 400 Amp hours ofbattery power and you can anchor out (one average) forone night.

This unit is ideal for the “tight fit” installations and is awelcomed addition to larger vessels for individual climatecontrolled cabins. The Mermaid Model “M5” has a rotableblower so, no Air Discharge option is necessary.On average, this unit is designed to cool cruisers up to 26’and sailboats up to 28’.All M5 models include a programmable digitalthermostat.Pump not included.

TECHNICAL FEATURES■ Cool = 2.5 Amps ■ Add approximately one Amp for the standard seawater

pumps ■ Start up amperage is calculated by running amperage

multiplied by 1.8 ■ Air conditioning for yachts 24’ up to 30’ ■ Cool only unit ■ Fx-1 Digital Thermostat included■ Dimensions LxDxH: 29x38x29 cm (11.5”x15”x11.5”)■ Weight: 16,4 kg (36.2 lbs)

M5 – 5.200 BTU CABIN AIR CONDITIONER

SEAWATER PUMPS

M5 - 66547 X

PMD-221 – 63426T ■ Seawater centrifugal Pump■ Flow rate: 15 l/min (4.0 GPM)■ Max Head: 2,6 m (8.5’)

PMD-371 – 63570A ■ Seawater centrifugal Pump■ Flow rate: 25 l/min (5.5 GPM)■ Max Head: 3,1 m (10.2’)

PMD-421 – 63344R ■ Seawater Centrifugal Pump■ Flow rate: 35 l/min (9.2 GPM)■ Max Head: 4,0 m (13.1’)

5513-1E01 – 63799K■ Self priming seawater Pump■ Flow rate: 5 - 20 l/min (1.3 – 9.0 GPM)■ Self priming up to 3,0 m (9.8’)

ATTENTION Uflex recommends the use of a seawater in-line strainer to be installed between the seacock and the pump.Please contact our Technical Service to select the most suitable strainer to the application

62527U – In-line Strainer61124E – In-line Strainer63185X – In-line Strainer

M5 - 66547 X

71

Page 143: Uflex - Marineclub

PLENUM

DELIVERY GRILLE

CONTROL PANEL

CONNECTION CABLE

RETURN FRAME

CONNECTION BOX

MOUNTING HARDWARE

DRAIN

RAW WATER OUTLET

THRU-HULL

SEA WATERPUMP

STRAINER

VALVE

AIR DUCT

COMPACTUNIT

142

AIR

CO

ND

ITIO

NIN

G S

YST

EM A

CCES

SORI

ESAIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

Uflex offers a large range of accessories for airconditioning systems, useful to properly installboth small and large systems. For theaccessory selection it is very important tofollow instructions given for each type ofequipment.

"T" & "Y" adaptersTo be directly connected on evaporatorscoupling flange; allow to divert air flow tofeed several de-livery frame. Available inmany inlet-outlet diameters.

"T" & "Y" divertersTo be connected pipe to pipe; allow to divertair flow to feed several delivery frames.Available in many inlet-outlet diameters.

Plenum jointAvailable both with preassembled fittings orcustom version to connect the system to theair ducts. It allows to best manage the air flowentering in the delivery frames.

Return frameAvailable with anodized aluminium finishingor in teak, are employed to ensure a suitableair flow to Fan Coil Split and Chiller and toCompact Air conditioning systems.

Delivery grilles and framesGrilles available with anodized aluminiumfinishing or in teak of several sizes; roundclosing frames black or white to be employedto deliver conditioned air into roomsenvironment.

Flexible insulated duct Available in different diameters, itsemployment is essential not only to improvesystem efficency but also to avoidcondensation sediment inside air ducts.

System diagram

MERMAID - CONDENSATOR - 65138 YOn some boats, you can’t get a condensation drain line down to thebilge. Finally, you no longer have to put up with drainingcondensation water into the bilge or a shower sump. The Condensatoroperates on the venturi principal and “draws” the condensation waterfrom the tray and discards it with the unit’s cooling water. The kitincludes the condensator, a filter, hoses and mounting hardware.

MERMAID – BLEED OFF VALVE - 66548 ZThis is very simple bleed off valve, for installation just beyond the pump. Simply open the valve. Air escapes, and oncewater starts dripping through the bottom, close the valve and the water pump air lock is cleared.

CRD

Page 144: Uflex - Marineclub

UFLEX

ENER

GY

EQ

UIP

MEN

T

14372

Page 145: Uflex - Marineclub

144

WIN

D G

ENER

ATO

RS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Model: Air Breeze M1 12V Air Breeze M2 24V

Part No.: 66131 N 66166 J

Rotor diameter: 46 in (1.17 m)

Weight: 13 lb (5.9 kg)

Shipping dimensions: 27 x 12.5 x 9 in (686 x 318 x 229 mm) – 17 lb (7.7 kg)

Mount: 1.5 in schedule 401.9 in (48 mm) OD pipe

Start-Up Wind Speed: 6 mph (2.68 m/s)

Voltage: 12 and 24 VDC

Rated power: 200 watts at 28 mph (12.5 m/s)

Turbine controller: Microprocessor-based smart internalregulator with peak power tracking

Body: Cast aluminum

Blades: Injection-molded composite

Overspeed protection: Electronic torque control

kW/Hours per month: 35 kWh/mo at 12 mph (5.4 m/s)

Survival wind speed: 110 mph (49.2 m/s)

Warranty: 3 year limited warranty

AIR BREEZE WIND GENERATORS

EFFICIENCY = ENERGYThe most powerful wind generator in its class.

The all-new Air Breeze: Quieter, more efficient and precision engineeredto deliver more energy at lower wind speeds than any other windgenerator in its class.Today’s sailboats are loaded WITH NEW ELECTRONICS GEAR THATCONSUMES LOTS OF ELECTRICITY. Where do you find that energy? Look tothe wind. When you’re on the water, wind power offers the best and mosteconomical solution to your energy needs.To produce serious electrical output when underway, you can rely on AirBreeze, the new generation of the world’s best-selling small wind turbine.From sailboats to remote seaside cottages, Air generates inexpensiveenergy, right where it’ needed.■ 3 year warranty■ Injection-molded composite blades■ Microprocessor-based smart internal regulator with peak power tracking■ Aircraft-quality aluminum alloy castings■ Brushless neodymium alternator■ Maintenance-free – only two moving parts

Microprocessor-based smart internal regulator with peak power tracking =Improved performance. Optimized energy output. Improved batterycharging. Reduced sound.

3 durable composite blades = Increased reliability and durability. Reducedsound.

Brushless neodymium alternator = More efficient energy delivery with nomaintenance

Only two moving parts = Increased reliability. Reduced need formaintenance

®

Page 146: Uflex - Marineclub

145

WIN

D G

ENER

ATO

RS

AIR-X WIND GENERATORS

The NEW AIR-X combines what has made AIR the world’s number oneselling small wind turbine with new technology previously found only intoday’s state-of-art mega-watt-class wind turbines.

All of these features are primarily found within the body of the turbine.The new microprocessor based speed control results in increasedperformance, improved battery charging capability and the elimination of“flutter” noise from the machine. The controller allows for peak-powertracking of the wind by optimizing the alternators output on all points ofthe cubic curve and then efficiently delivers the energy to the battery.Furthermore, a new series of carbon-reinforced blades with a modifiedpitch angle further increases power production.

The AIR-X’s circuit monitors the wind speed and slows the blades as itreaches its rated output preventing it from going into flutter. The result isa much quieter, neighbour friendly wind turbine. In high winds, the AIR-Xwill continue to produce power at a reduced level until the winddecreases, at which point maximum output will resume. Additionally,when the battery has reached its charged state, the AIR-X will slow to analmost complete stop. Only when the battery has dropped below its useradjustable voltage set point will it startup and resume charging.

The AIR-X’s charge controller periodically stops charging, reads the batteryvoltage, compares it to the voltage setting and if the battery is charged, itcompletely shuts off all current going to the battery.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Model: AIR MX1 (12V DC) AIR MX2 (24V DC)

Part No.: 63034 Z 63035 B

Rotor Diameter: 1.15 m - 3.77’

Weight: 6 kg - 13.23 lbs

Mount: Ø 48 mm - 1.9”

Blades: Carbon Fiber Composite

Body: Cast aluminium*

Start-up wind speed: 7 mph (3.13 m/s)

Energy Production: 38 kWh/mp @12mph (5.4 m/s)

Voltage: 12 VDC 24 VDC

Rated Power: 400 watts at 28mph (12.5 m/s)

Warranty: 3 Year Limited Warranty

®

73

Page 147: Uflex - Marineclub

146

WIN

D G

ENER

ATO

RSSUPERWIND - 350

The Superwind 350 is a small wind generatorfor professional use, which even underextreme conditions works autonomously andautomatically. It is often used on sites wherethere is no grid available. The electric powergenerated by Superwind charges batteries andcan be used directly for 12V- or 24 V-appliances. There are many industrialappliances on these voltage levels likemeasurement systems, transmitters ornavigational aids. But there are also quite anumber of high-quality energy-savingappliances available, such as energy savinglamps, refrigerators, deep-freezers, waterpumps, ventilators, consumer electronics, TV,radio and navigation equipment, etc.Superwind generators are used in wind/solarhybrid systems to ensure the availability ofpower.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS■ Nominal Power: 350W at 12,5 m/s■ Nominal wind speed: 3,5 m/s■ Cut off wind speed: none■ Rotor diameter: 1,20 m■ Number of blades: 3■ Blade material: CFK■ Rotor speed: 500 - 1300 rpm■ Generator: permanent magnet■ Nominal voltage: 12V DC - 24 V DC■ Speed regulation: rotor blade pitch■ Power regulation: rotor blade pitch■ Brake: generator short-circuit■ Weight: 11,5 Kg■ Rotor thrust (operation): 70 N■ Rotor thrust (extreme wind speed): 200 N

SUPERWIND 350 12V - 65726 SSUPERWIND 350 24V - 65727 U

CHARGE REGULATOR CRM 12V - 65728 WCHARGE REGULATOR CRM 24V - 65729 Y

STOP SWITCH - 65730 G

INSTALLATION KIT - 65731 J

Page 148: Uflex - Marineclub

147

FLEX

IBLE

BAT

TERY

CH

ARG

ERS

FLEXCELL SUNSLICK MODULESFlexible and waterproof modules. These solarbattery chargers have been specificallydesigned for marine & yachting applications.The Sunslick can be installed on curvedsurfaces such as hatch covers, boat decks andvehicle roofs, or it can be tied to sail covers,dinghies and canvas awnings. They aresupplied with 3 m cable.Power available: 7, 14 and 27 Wp.

FLEXCELL SUNBOARD MODULESSemi-rigid and waterproof modules. Reallylightweight and unbreakable, these batterychargers are perfect for marine, chalet andcaravan rooftop application. They are suppliedwith 3 m cable.Power available: 7, 14 and 27 Wp.

FLEXCELL SUNPACK MODULESFoldable, lightweight modules. They are idealfor all outdoor activities such as camping andtrekking. Their rolled diameter dimensions are6,5 and 8 cm. They have a waterproof bagand cigarette lighter socket (male andfemale).Power available: 7 and 14 Wp.

The exclusive High Frequency Plasma Technology allows to produce thin, flexible and lightweight modules. UFLEXdistributes Flexcell solar modules developed in the innovative laboratories of VHF-Technologies. These modules are suitable to charge 12V batteries of cars, caravans, boats and small electronic devices such as mobilephones, digital cameras, MP3 players, GPS and handhelds.

FLEXCELLFLEXIBLE, SEMI-RIGID AND FOLDABLE BATTERY CHARGERS

SUNSLICK 27W

SUNBOARD 14W

SUNPACK 14W

SUNSLICK FLEXIBLE MODELS:

SL-7W SL-14W SL-27W

Part no. 65594B 65578D 65595D

P. max (Wp) 6,75 13,5 27

Imp (A) 0,45 0,9 1,8

Voc (V) 15 15 15

Isc (A) 0,6 1,2 2,4

Length (mm) 700 1310 1310

Width (mm) 350 350 642

Weight 0.48 kg 0.9 kg 1.5 kg

SUNBOARD SEMI-RIGID MODELS:

SB-7W SB-14W SB-27W

Part no. 65579F 65580P 65581S

P. max (Wp) 6,75 13,5 27

Imp (A) 0,45 0,9 1,8

Voc (V) 15 15 15

Isc (A) 0,6 1,2 2,4

Length (mm) 700 1310 1310

Width (mm) 350 350 642

Weight 0.72 kg 1.2 kg 2.2 kg

SUNPACK FOLDABLE MODELS:

SP-7W SP-14W

Part no. 65582U 65583W

P. max (Wp) 6,75 13,5

Imp (A) 0,45 0,9

Voc (V) 15 15

Isc (A) 0,6 1,2

Length (mm) 900 1500

Width (mm) 350 350

Weight 0.7 kg 1.1 kg

74

Page 149: Uflex - Marineclub

148

MA

RIN

E PV

SO

LAR

MO

DU

LES

Sunware solar modules, without glass, arefunctionally reliable, robust, light-weight,weather-proof and sea-water resistant:therefore they have been specially designedfor marine applications on board. The innovative manufacturing process andthe use, in some cases, of 40 polycrystallinesolar cells instead of 36, make themparticularly suitable to be installed on thedeck of the boat, avoiding vibrations and thenegative effects of high temperature.Self-cleaning and safe to step-on, SUNWAREmodules are easy to bend and can thereforeadhere to the deck (maximum bending 3%,i.e. bending of 3 cm per 1 m long module).Each module is supplied complete withstainless steel back-plate, a sea-water proofand UV resistant cable (3 m long – red/blue2x1.5 mmq), a surrounding edge protectionprofile and mounting stainless steel eyeletsfor easy installation using screws, hooks orropes.Manufacturing process, result of longexperience achieved, includes an individualfinal test for each SUNWARE solar module.All modules are covered by a 3 year warrantyon the power output.

MARINE PV SOLARMODULES

MID CLIPS AND SIDE CLIPS- Part No. 64098 H (2 clips) - Part No. 64099 K (4 clips)

PLUGS, SOCKETS AND CONNECTORS- Male Socket Part No. 64100 R - Female Socket Part No. 64101 T- Plug Part No. 64102 V- Bulkhead kit Part No. 64104 Z

ACCESSORIES:

MODEL SW-3061 SW-3062 SW-3063 SW-3064 SW-3065 SW-3066 SW-3265 SW-3266

P. No. 65103C 65104E 65105G 65106S 65107L 65108N 65109R 65110Z

Rated power Wp 12 18 24 36 48 70 48 70

N° of Cells 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 80

Battery System 12 12 12 12 12 12 24 24

Imp. (A) 0.55 0.83 1.1 1.65 2.2 3.3 1.1 1.6

Voc (V) 24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 49.2 49.2

Isc (A) 0.6 0.89 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.6 1.2 1.7

Dimensions mm (“)* 249 x 467 249 x 642 459 x 467 459 x 638 499 x 838 891 x 638 499 x 838 891 x 638

Dimension (9.8 x 18.4) (9.8 x25.3) (18.0 x 18.4) (18.0 x 25.1) (19.6 x 33.0) (35.0 x 25.1) (19.6 x 33.0) (35.0 x 25.1)

Weight Kg (lbs) 1.2 (2.6) 1.7 (3.7) 2.3 (5.0) 3.1 (6.8) 3.2 (7.0) 6.1 (13.4) 4.5 (9.9) 6.1 (13.4) * Thickness: 5 mm - 0.2”

Page 150: Uflex - Marineclub

149

MA

RIN

E PV

SO

LAR

MO

DU

LES

Sunware Compact PV modules, without glassand designed for marine applications, are thebest solution to save space on the deck of aboat thanks to their small size and highpower density.Junction boxes are thin, waterproof and canbe chosen on the left or on the right side.Compact modules (available with a power of48 or 69 Wp) have no eyelets and no thickseals on their sides.Self-cleaning and safe to step on, SunwareCompact modules are easy to bend with amaximum bending of 3% (i.e. bending of 3cm per 1 meter long module).The installation is very easy by using MidClips and Side Clips (optional) (page 164).Compact modules are covered by a 3 yearwarranty on the power output.

COMPACTMARINE PV SOLARMODULES

MODEL SW-5065 SW-5066

65111 B 65112 D

Rated power (Wp) 48 69

Vmp (V) 2.2 3.3

Imp (A) 2.2 3.3

Voc (V) 24.6 24.6

Isc (A) 2.4 3.6

N° of Cells 39 39

Dimensions mm (“) 780 x 460 (30.7 x 18.1) 600 x 890 (23.6 x 35.0)

Weight Kg (lbs) 3.5 (7.7) 5.4 (11.9)

SUNWARE® COMPACTPV Modules

75

Page 151: Uflex - Marineclub

150

REG

ULA

TED

MO

DIF

IED

SIN

E W

AV

E IN

VER

TERS

The Sinergex PureWatts series are ratedamong the highest quality regulated modifiedsine wave inverters available. By regulating the AC output, the PW invertersdecrease the level of interference produced bymodified sine wave making the PW seriesperfect for operating equipment like mobileoffice products, televisions, VCR’s, small powertools, laptop computers and many other ACproducts. The PW series offers many otherfeatures like protection against overload, lowbattery voltage, short circuit, and overheating,all with auto-recovery for simple operation.The PW Series includes models of 150, 300 and500 Watts; all models have high surgecapabilities to start the toughest equipment.

PUREWATTS SERIESREGULATED MODIFIEDSINE WAVE INVERTERS

The Sinergex PureCharge series are fullyautomatic and intelligent battery chargers.Using microprocessor and switch-modetechnology, the PureCharge battery chargescarefully assess the battery and then deliverthe optimum charge required.

Being a true 3-stage battery charger, thePureCharge delivers charges in bulkabsorption and float stages, each stagedelivering the optimum charge for the bestperformance and power for your battery.

By incorporating the float charge stage, thePureCharge battery charger allows you to setand forget, while your batteries areautomatically maintained.

BATTERY CHARGERSPURE CHARGE SERIES

SERIES PWE 150 PWE 300 PWE 500 PWE 1000 PWE 2000MODEL 12 24 12 24 12 24 12 24 12 24Part No. 64470 B 64473 H 64471 D 64474 K 64472 F 64475 M 64018 G 64020 T 66321 U 66565 Z

DC input Voltage (V) 10-15 20-30 10-15 20-30 10-15 20-30 10-15 20-30 11-15 22-30

Continuous AC power (W) 150 300 500 1000 2000

Surge AC power (W) 300 600 1000 2000 4000

Optimum efficiency >90% >90% >90% 85% 85%

Low battery alarm (V) 10.7 for 12 V models & 21.4 for 24 V models

Low battery shutdown @ V 10 for 12 V models & 20 for 24 V models

Low battery auto recovery @ V 12 for 12 V models & 24 for 24 V models

No load current draw (A) <0.25 <0.25 <0.25 0.9 0.5 1.1 0.7

Dimensions mm (“) 148 x 95 x 63 165 x 95 x 62 212 x 105 x 63 325 x 180 x 90 418 x 180 x 90

(5.8 x 3.7 x 2.5) (6.5 x 3.7 x 2.4) (8.3 x 4.1 x 2.5) (12.8 x 7.1 x 3.5) (16.4 x 7.1 x 3.5)

Weight kg (lbs) 0.6 (1.3) 0.75 (1.6) 0.9 (1.9) 3.0 (6.6) 4.5 (9.9)

MODEL PC 1012 - 64023 Z PC 0524 - 64123 D

Input Voltage (V c.a.) 100 - 240 100 - 240

Input frequency (Hz) 50-60 50-60

Output power (W) 160 80

Output current (A) 10 5

Output Voltage (V) 12 24

Power factor 0.98

Dimensions mm (“) 210x85x50 (8.3x3.3x1.9)

Weight kg (lbs) 0.9 (1.9)

PWE 2000

PWE 1000

PW-RC64022 X

PC1012 BATTERY CHARGER

Page 152: Uflex - Marineclub

PURE

SIN

E W

AV

E IN

VER

TERS

The Sinergex PureSine series of inverters aresome of the most affordable professionalgrade inverters available today. Using thelatest technology in power conversion, theSinergex PureSine inverters deliver clean andefficient true sine wave AC power from your12, 24 or 48 volt source. The true sine wavepower is just like the power you have athome or work and can run the most sensitiveto the toughest equipment.

The PureSine inverters are microprocessorcontrolled and have fully isolated voltageinput and output. They also include advancedperformance features like automaticprotection against overload, overheating, lowbattery, and short circuit.

The Sinergex PureSine series includes modelsranging from 150 watts to 3000 watts ofcontinuous power for both professional andrecreational uses.

PURESINE SERIESTRUE SINE WAVEINVERTERS

SERIES PS 150 PS 300 PS2 700 PS2 1000 PS2 1500MODEL 212 224 212 224 212 224 212 224 212 224

Part No. 64007 B 64522 U 64008 D 64012 U 64492 M 64493 P 64010 P 64014 Y 64494 S 64497 Y

DC input Voltage (V) 10.5-15 21-31 10.5-15 21-31 10.5-15 21-30 10.5-15 21-31 10.5-15 21-31

Continuous AC power (W) 150 300 700 1000 1500

Surge AC power (W) 250 450 1400 1500 2000

Optimum efficiency 90% 93% 91% 94% 90% 93% 90% 93% 89% 92%

Efficiency @ full load 72% 80% 72% 80% 91% 93% 87% 91% 86% 89%

Low battery alarm (V) 10.7 21.4 10.7 21.4 11 22 10.7 21.5 10.7 21.5

Low battery shutdown @ V <10.5 <21.0 <10.5 <21.0 <10.5 <21.0 <10.5 <21.0 <10.5 <21.0

Low battery auto recovery @ V 12.5 25 12.5 25 12.5 25 12.5 25 12.5 25

No load current draw (A) 0.22 0.16 0.23 0.15 1.2 0.6 1.2 0.6 1.3 0.7

Dimensions mm (“) 200 x 132 x 72 295 x 180 x 72 383 x 182 x 89 390 x 275 x 105

Dimensions (7.9 x 5.2 x 2.8) (11.6 x 7.1 x 2.8) (15.1 x7.2 x 3.5) (15.3 x 10.8 x 4.1)

Weight kg (lbs) 2.0 (4.4 ) 3.5 (7.7) 2.7 (5.9) 4.0 (8.8) 7 (15.4)

Thermal cont. cooling fan yes yes yes yes yes

PS150

PS300

PS700

PS2-R6 - 64017 E

PS1500

151

76

Page 153: Uflex - Marineclub

152

BATT

ERY

CH

ARG

E RE

GU

LATO

RSCHARGE REGULATORS

CHARGE REGULATORS PROSTAR - SUNSAVERMODELS

ProStar - 15 and 30 serie features■ 3 digits LCD display reading in sequence:

battery current, PV current, loads current.■ Automatic voltage select for either 12 or 24

Volt systems.■ Electronic selection of either a sealed or

flooded battery.■ Full electronic protection against any sequence

of reversed wire connection.■ PV current (Amps): 15 (ProStar-15) and 30

(ProStar-30).■ Load current (Amps): 15 (ProStar-15) and 30

(ProStar-30).■ A button will instantly disconnect/connect all PV

and loads.■ Load disconnect 11.5V, LVD reconnect 12.6V.■ Dimensions mm: 153 X 105 X 55, weight kg 0.34

SunSaver - 6, 10, 20 serie features■ Green Led = battery receiving energy from the

PV modules, Red Led = load disconnectcondition.

■ Full electronic protection against reversed PV,battery or load wire connections.

■ Either a flooded or sealed battery can beselected with a simple jumper.

■ Encapsulated in epoxy compound for service inharsh environment.

■ PV current (Amps): 6.5 (SunSaver-6), 10(SunSaver-10), 20 (SunSaver-20).

■ Load current (Amps): 6 (SunSaver-6), 10(SunSaver-10), 20 (SunSaver-20)

■ Available in 12 / 24 Volt versions.■ Load disconnect 11.5V, LVD reconnect 12.6V■ Dimensions mm: 152 X 56 X 33, weight kg 0.23

TECHICAL SPECIFICATION:

MODEL PS15M PS30M PS15M-48V

Part No. 62643W 61737A 63072H

Rated solar current 15 A 30 A 15 A

Rated load current 15 A 30 A 15 A

System voltage 12 V c.c./24 V c.c. 12 V c.c./24 V c.c. 48 V c.c.

Nominal voltage 12 V 24 V 48 V

Self-consumption 22 mA 25 mA 28 mA

TECHICAL SPECIFICATION:

MODEL SS 6 L SS 10 SS 10 L SS 20 L SS 10 L-24

Part No. 61213E 61415B 61192X 61734U 61938L

Rated solar current 6.5 A 10 A 10 A 20 A 10 A

Rated load current 6 A 10 A 10 A 20 A 10 A

Voltage 12 V c.c. 12 V c.c. 12 V c.c. 12 V c.c. 24 V c.c.

LVD YES NO YES YES YES